fm3086 1.sp1 The Aindawa Brothers cont. .z39
jivadas
fm3086 1.sp1 The Aindawa Brothers cont. .z39
Oॐm
The Aindava Brothers
THE SUN
said to Brahmaa the Immense
:
3.86.1-2
कल्प-नाम्नि, महा.देव, ह्यस्तने दिवसे तव ।
kalpa-nAmni, mahA.deva, hyastane divase tava |
तले कैलास-शैलस्य जम्बू.द्वीप.एक-कोणके ॥३।८६।०१।
tale kailAsa-zailasya jambU.dvIpa.eka-koNake ||3|86|01|
सुवर्ण.जट-नाम्ना यस् त्वत्.पुत्रैर् जनित-प्रजैः ।
suvarNa.jaTa-nAmnA ya:_tvat.putrai:_janita-prajai: |
मण्डलम् कल्पितम् श्रीमद्.अनल्प-सुख-सुन्दरम् ॥३।८६।०२॥
maNDalam kalpitam zrImat.analpa-sukha-sundaram ||3|86|02||
.
In some kalpa.Age
—one of your yesterdays, Great Divinity—
on a plain beside Mount.kailAsa in a corner of jambu.Land
there was
a man called suvarNa.jaTa
—for his hair had a golden.topknot—
who had settled there,
&
with his wife and children
he made
a rich city
that was not.a.little beautiful to see
.
kalpa-nAmni, mahA.deva - in some kalpa.Age, Great Divinity - hyastana.yesterday/hesternal-e divase tava - on one of your yesterdays, Great Divinity =
tale kailAsa-zailasya jambU.dvIpa.eka-koNake -
suvarNa.jaTa-nAmnA ya:_tvat.putrai:_janita-prajai: =
maNDalam kalpitam zrImat.analpa-sukha-sundaram
.
*vlm.p.1. The Sun continued:-- It was, my lord, only the other day of one of your previous kalpas, and at the foot of a mountain, beside the tableland of Mount Kailash that stands in a corner of the continent of Asia,
*vlm.p.2 that there lived a man named Suvarnajata together with all his sons and their progeny, who had made that place a beautiful and pleasant home.
03
तत्र_अभूद् अति.धर्म.आत्मा ब्राह्मणो ब्रह्मवित्.तमः ।
tatra_abhUt_ati.dharma.AtmA brAhmaNa:_brahmavit.tama: |
इन्दु.नाम.अतिशान्त.आत्मा कश्यपस्य कुल_उद्भवः ॥३।८६।०३॥
indu.nAma.atizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula_udbhava: ||3|86|03||
.
there too
dwelt a very righteous soul, a Brahmin of perfect brahmic knowledge
:
he was calledI Indu the Moon
on.account.of his peaceful soul
and he was in the line of the great Kashyapa*Blacktooth
.
tatra_abhUt_ati.dharma.AtmA x
brAhmaNa:_brahmavit.tama: |
indu.nAma.atizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula_udbhava: ||3|86|03||
.
*vlm.p.3 Among them lived a brAhmaNa named Indu, a descendant of the patriarch Kasyapa, who was a saintly soul, virtuous and acquainted with divine knowledge.
Ø#tt.char. #kazyapa कश्यप Blacktooth was one of the Seven RShi.s,
along with #atri, #jamadagni, #bharadhvaja, #gautama,
and, of course #vasiSTha and #vizvAmitra.
x
x
01 02 03
04-05
तस्मिन् तदा निवसतो नित्यम् स्वजन-मण्डले ।
tasmin tadA nivasata:_nityam svajana-maNDale |
तस्य प्राण.समा भार्या काचित् तस्याम् महात्मनः ॥३।८६।०४॥
tasya prANa.samA bhAryA kA.cit tasyAm mahAtmana: ||3|86|04||
न बभूव_आत्मजस् तस्य मरु-भूमौ तृणम् यथा ।
na babhUva_Atmaja:_tasya maru-bhUmau tRNam yathA |
न व्याराजत सा भार्या तस्य निष्फल-पुष्पिता ॥३।८६।०५॥
na vi.arAjata sA bhAryA tasya niSphala-puSpitA ||3|86|05||
.
tasmin tadA nivasata:_ - nityam svajana-maNDale = tasya prANa.samA bhAryA - kA.cit tasyAm mahAtmana: = na babhUva_Atmaja:_tasya - maru-bhUmau tRNam yathA = na vi.arAjata sA bhAryA - tasya niSphala-puSpitA
.
there
(on that plain beside Mount.kailAsa in a corner of jambu.Land)
then
he made his permanent dwelling in his homeland
:
with a wife who was his second life
.
however,
for that Great Soul,
there was no self.born son,
as no grass grows in desert sand
his wife did not rejoice, barren of blossoms
.
*vlm.p.4 He resided in his house with all his relatives and passed his time agreeably in company with his wife, who was as dear to his heart as if his second self.
*vlm.p.5 But this virtuous couple had no children, as no grass grows in sterile soil, and the wife remained discontent at the unfruitfulness of her blossoming or seed.
06
ऋज्वी गौरी सु.शुद्धा_अपि शून्या शरलता यथा ।
RjvI gaurI su.zuddhA_api zUnyA zaralatA yathA |
तौ ततो दंपती खिन्नौ पुत्र.अर्थम् तपसे गिरेः ॥३।८६।०६॥
tau tata:_dampatI khinnau putra.artham tapase gire: ||3|86|06||
.
RjvI gaurI su.zuddhA.api - zUnyA zaralatA yathA = tau tata:_daMpatI khinnau - putra.artham tapase gire:
.
however upright,
beautiful,
perfectly pure,
she was like desert grass
.
so
that distressed couple sought to get a child
thru practising tapas
on the mountain
.
*vlm.p.6 With all the purity and simplicity of their hearts, and the beauty and gracefulness of their persons and manners, they were as useless to the earth as the fair and straight stem of the pure rice plant without its stalk of grains. The unhappy couple left for the mountain in order to make their tapas for the blessing of children.
x
x
04 05 06
07
कैलासस्य_अंशम् आरूढौ रूढाव्_इव नव-द्रुमौ ।
kailAsasya_aMzam ArUDhau rUDhau_iva nava-drumau |
भूतैर् अनावृते शून्ये तस्मिन् कैलास-कुञ्जके ॥३।८६।०७॥
bhUtai:_anAvRte zUnye tasmin kailAsa-kuJjake ||3|86|07||
.
they climbed to a place on Mount.kailAsa
and stood there
like two saplings
in a barren place
there
in the kailAsa woods
.
kailAsasya_aMzam ArUDhau - rUDhau_iva nava-drumau = bhUtai:_anAvRte zUnye - tasmin kailAsa-kuJjake - x
.
*vlm.p.7 They ascended Mount Kailash, which lacked any shade from shade trees and was uninhabited by living beings. There they stood fixed on one side, like a couple of trees in a barren desert.
08
तेपतुस् तौ तपो घोरम् जलाहारौ तरु-स्थिती ।
tepatu:_tau tapa:_ghoram jalAhArau taru-sthitI |
एकम् पानीय-चुलकम् पीत्वा दिवस-पर्यये ॥३।८६।०८॥
ekam pAnIya-culakam pItvA divasa-paryaye ||3|86|08||
.
tepatu:_tau tapa:_ghoram - jalAhArau taru-sthitI = ekam pAnIya-culakam -
pItvA divasa-paryaye
.
those two made tapas
—
fierce tapas
.
they
stood
still
like root-sipping trees,
scooping a single handful of water
drunk
at the edge of day
.
*vlm.p.8 They remained in their austere tapas, subsisting upon liquid food which also supported the trees. At the close of the day, and from the hollow of their palms they drank only a sip of water from a neighboring cascade.
09
निस्पन्दम् उत्थितौ वार्क्षीम् वृत्तिम् आश्रित्य संस्थितौ ।
nispandam utthitau vArkSIm vRttim Azritya saMsthitau |
तस्थतुस् तौ तदा तत्र तावत्.कालम् तरु-व्रतौ ॥३।८६।०९॥
tasthatu:_tau tadA tatra tAvat.kAlam taru-vratau ||3|86|09||
.
nispandam utthitau vArkSIm - vRttim Azritya saMsthitau = tasthatu:_tau tadA tatra - tAvat.kAlam taru-vratau
.
unmoving
they stood
having taken the form of two trees
.
there
they
stood
then
for
enough time to satisfy their vow
.
*vlm.p.9 They remained standing and unmoved as immovable trees, and continued long in that posture, in the manner of an erect wood in heat and cold.
x
x
07 08 09
10
यावत् त्रेता द्वापरम् च युगे द्वे एव ते गते ।
yAvat tretA dvAparam ca yuge dve eva te gate |
ततस् तुष्टो ऽभवद् देवस्_तयोः शशि-कल.आधरः ॥३।८६।१०॥
tata:_tuSTa:_abhavat_deva:_tayo: zazi-kala.Adhara: ||3|86|10||
.
yAvat tretA dvAparam ca - yuge dve eva te gate = tata:_tuSTa:_abhavat_deva: - tayo: zazi-kala.Adhara:
.
thru two Ages, tretA and dvApara, they passed
&
a God
was satisfied by them
—
the God who wears the crescent moon
...
*vlm.p.10 In this manner they passed two ages before their meditation met with the approval of the god who bears the crescent of the moon on his forehead (Shiva).
#tretA -f. a triad, the three sacred fires, the die or side of the die marked with three points; the second Yuga or silver age of the world +
#dvApara - m. n. the side of a die which is marked with two spots • the Die personified • "the age with the number two" N. of the 3rd of the 4 Yugas or ages of the world (comprising 2400 years +
#yuga – n. a yoke, team, a pair, couple • with #mAnuSa or #manuSya, a race of men, generation (exceptionally m.) •• an age of the world, long mundane period of years (of which there are four, viz. 1. #kRta or #satya, 2. #tretA, 3. #dvApara, 4. #kali, of which the first three have already elapsed, while the Kali.yuga, which began at midnight between the 17th and 18th of Feb. 3102 B.C. [O. S.], is that in which we live; the duration of each is said to be respectively 1,728,000; 1,296,000;, 864,000, and 432,000 years of men, the descending numbers representing a similar physical and moral deterioration of men in each age; the four Yugas comprise an aggregate of 4,320,000 years and constitute a "great Yuga" or #mahAyuga +
#tuSTa
#deva:
#zazi-kala
#Adhara
11
दिन.आतप.आतापितयोः_इन्दुः कुमुदयोः_इव ।
dina.Atapa.AtApitayo:_indu: kumudayo:_iva |
आजगाम तम् उद्देशम् यत्र तौ विप्र-दंपती ॥३।८६।११॥
AjagAma tam uddezam yatra tau vipra-daMpatI ||3|86|11||
.
...
dina.Atapa.AtApitayo: - indu: kumudayo:_iva = AjagAma tam uddezam - yatra tau vipra-daMpatI
.
approached that place
where the brAhmaNa couple stood,
daily burned by the fiery heat
.
he
was like the moon
cooling two lilies
.
*vlm.p.11 The god with the cooling moonbeams on his forehead advanced towards the parched pair, like when the moon casts her dewy light on trees and lotuses dried and scorched under the burning sunbeams of a summer day.
12
स=लता-पादपम् देशम् पुष्प.आकर* इव_ईश्वरः ।
sa=latA-pAdapam dezam puSpa.Akara* iva_Izvara: |
दंपती तौ वृष.आरूढम् सोमम् सोम.अर्ध-शेखरम् ॥३।८६।१२॥
daMpatI tau vRSa.ArUDham somam soma.ardha-zekharam ||3|86|12||
.
sa=latA-pAdapam dezam - puSpa.Akara* iva_Izvara: = daMpatI tau vRSa.ArUDham - somam soma.ardha-zekharam
.
he came as flowery springtime comes
to a bower of trees and vines,
Lord Ishvara bannered with the moon,
and his umA,
a couple mounted on a bull
.
*vlm.p.12 The god appeared to them mounted on his milk-white bull, and clasping the fair Uma (Goddess Parvati) on his left, and holding the beaming moon on his head, like spring season approaches green shrubs strewing flowers upon them.
x
x
10 11 12
13
फुल्ल.अननौ ददृशतुः कुमुदे शशिनम् यथा ।
phulla.ananau dadRzatu: kumude zazinam yathA |
तौ तम् प्रणेमतुर् देवम् तुषार.अमलम् ईश्वरम् ॥३।८६।१३॥
tau tam praNematu:_devam tuSAra.amalam Izvaram ||3|86|13||
.
they looked.upon those deities,
two bright faces,
in the way that lotuses behold the moon
.
they bowed before that God, the Lord of the pure snow
.
phulla.ananau dadRzatu: - kumude zazinam yathA = tau tam praNematu:_devam - tuSAra.amalam Izvaram
.
*vlm.p.13. The couple’s faces and eyes brightened as they saw the god, just like lotuses hail the appearance of the beautiful moon. They bowed down to the god of the silvery crescent and snow-white face.
14-15a
द्याव्_आपृथिव्याव्_उदितम् परिपूर्णम् इव_उडुपम् ।
dyau_A.pRthivyau_uditam paripUrNam iva_uDupam |
तर्जयन्-पवनाधूत-नव-वृक्ष.अनन-स्वरम् ॥३।८६।१४॥
tarjayan-pavanAdhUta-nava-vRkSa.anana-svaram ||3|86|14||
मृदु-उद्याम-स्मित-स्पन्दि प्रोवाच_अथ वचः शिवः ।
mRdu-udyAma-smita-spandi provAca_atha vaca: ziva: |
.
it rose from earth to heaven,
like the full moon among the stars,
a voice
that filled their faces with fear and wonder
.
and these are the words that shiva spoke
:
*vlm.p.14 Then the god rising to their view like the full moon, and appearing in the midst of the heaven and earth, spoke smilingly to them in a gentle and audible voice. The breath of that voice refreshed them like the breath of spring revives the faded plants of a forest.
LORD Ishvara—
15b-16a
वरम् विप्र गृहाणा_आशु तुष्टो ऽस्मि तव वाञ्छितम् ॥३।८६।१५॥
varam vipra gRhANA_Azu tuSTa:_asmi tava vAJchitam ||3|86|15||
मधु-मास-रस.आक्रान्त-वृक्षवन् मुदितो भव ।
madhu-mAsa-rasa.AkrAnta-vRkSavan mudita:_bhava |
.
varam vipra gRhANA_Azu - tuSTa:_asmi tava vAJchitam = madhu-mAsa-rasa.AkrAnta-vRkSavan - mudita:_bhava
.
take this boon at.once,
learnèd man,
I
am satisfied,
you
have your wish
.
we're like two trees at the coming of the spring
.
*vlm.p.15 Shiva said, "I am pleased with your meditation, O brAhmaNa! Offer your prayer to me and have your desired reward granted to you immediately."
x
x
13 14 15 16a
The vipra.Seer said—
16b-17a
भगवन्, देवदेव-ईश, दश पुत्रा* महाधियः ॥३।८६।१६॥
bhagavan, devadeva-Iza, daza putrA: mahAdhiya: ||3|86|16||
भव्या* भवन्तु मे भूयः शोको येन न बाधते ।
bhavyA* bhavantu me bhUya: zoka:_yena na bAdhate |
.
Lord,
God of the Gods,
by your grace let there be for me
ten sons
of great intelligence
&
let grief no longer trouble me
.
bhagavan, devadeva-Iza, daza putrA: mahAdhiya: = bhavyA* bhavantu me bhUya: zoka:_yena na bAdhate
.
*vlm.p.16 The brAhmaNa replied, "O Lord of gods, please favor me with ten intelligent male children. Let these be born of me to dispel all my sorrows."
then the SUN declared—
17-18
अथ_एवम् अ stvx _इति प्रोच्य जगाम_अन्तर्धिम् ईश्वरः ॥३।८६।१७॥
atha_evam astu_iti procya jagAma_antardhim Izvara: ||3|86|17||
व्योम्नि वारि-निधिर् ह्रादम् कृत्वा_इव_ऊर्मि-महा.वपुः ।
vyomni vAri-nidhi:_hrAdam kRtvA_iva_Urmi-mahA.vapu: |
अतस् तौ दम्पती तुष्टौ शिव-लब्ध=वरौ गृहम् ॥३।८६।१८॥
ata:_tau dampatI tuSTau ziva-labdha=varau gRham ||3|86|18||
.
atha_evam astu_iti procya -
jagAma_antardhim Izvara: -
vyomni vAri-nidhi:_hrAdam -
kRtvA_iva_Urmi-mahA.vapu: =
ata:_tau dampatI tuSTau -
ziva-labdha=varau gRham
.
"So let it be!"
&
so having said,
Lord Ishvara went to
antardhi.Innerspace
as
in the sky
river.water joins the ocean's great body of waves
.
&
so
too
the pair
satisfied
granted their boon by shiva,
went home
.
*vlm.p.17 The Sun continued:—The god said, "Be it so,"and then disappeared into the air. His great body passed through the ethereal path with a tremendous roar of thunder like the surge of the seas.
*vlm.p.18 Then the brAhmaNa couple returned to their home with gladness in their hearts. They appeared like the reflections of the two gods Shiva and Uma.
x
x
16 17 18
19
गतौ गीर्वाण-सदृशौ खम् इव_उमा-महेश्वरौ ।
gatau gIrvANa-sadRzau kham iva_umA-mahezvarau |
तत्र_असौ ब्राह्मणी गेहे बभूव_उदार-गर्भिणी ॥३।८६।१९॥
tatra_asau brAhmaNI gehe babhUva_udAra-garbhiNI ||3|86|19||
.
gatau gIrvANa-sadRzau - kham iva_umA-mahezvarau = tatra_asau brAhmaNI gehe - babhUva_udAra-garbhiNI
.
when umA and the great Ishvara
had entered the sky,
gone to their own heavenly space,
there
in her home
this brAhmaNI
felt a fulness in her womb
.
*vlm.p.19 After returning, the brahmani became big with child from the blessing she received from her god Shiva.
20
बभौ पूर्ण.उदरा श्यामा मेघ-लेखा_इव वारिणा ।
babhau pUrNa.udarA zyAmA megha-lekhA_iva vAriNA |
काले ऽथ सुषुवे पुत्रान् प्रतिपच्.चन्द्र-कोमलान् ॥३।८६।२०॥
kAle_atha suSuve putrAn pratipat.candra-komalAn ||3|86|20||
.
her
womb
grew
full
—an empty cloud filling before its burst—
&
so
in time
she gave birth to sons who were fresh and lovely as ten new moons
.
she babhau.became- pUrNa.full-udara.xx-A zyAma.xx-A - megha.cloud-lekha.xx-A iva.like/as.if - by/with vAri.xx-NA = kAle.in.time- atha.and.so she - suSuve.bore/delivered a - putra.son/child-An - pratipat.xx-candra.xx-komala.xx‑An
.
*vlm.p.20 In her pregnant state, she looked like a thick cloud heavy with rainwater. In proper time she and brought forth a boy as beautiful as the digit of the new moon.
21
दश-बालान् ततो मुग्धान् वसुधा_इव नव.अङ्कुरान् ।
daza-bAlAn tata:_mugdhAn vasudhA_iva nava.aGkurAn |
कृत-ब्राह्मण-संस्कारा* वृद्धिम् ईयुर् महौजसः ॥३।८६।२१॥
kRta-brAhmaNa-saMskArA: vRddhim Iyu:_mahA.ojasa: ||3|86|21||
.
daza.xx-bAla.xx-An tata:.therefore/from.that- mugdha.xx-An - vasudhA.xx - iva.like/as.if - nava.new/young- aGkura.shoot/sprout-An = kRta.xx-brAhmaNa.xx-saMskAra.xx-A - vRddhi.xx-m Iyu:.xx- mahA.xx-ojas.xx-a:
.
she
gave birth
to ten pretty boys
just.as the earth gives birth
to new shoots
&
they began
their long passage from birth to full maturity
.
*vlm.p.21 In this way she bore ten sons in succession, each as handsome as the tender sprouts of plants. They grew up in strength and stature, and were invested with the sacramental thread.
x
x
19 20 21
22
स्वल्पेन_एव हि कालेन प्रावृषा_इव नव.अम्बुदाः ।
svalpena_eva hi kAlena prAvRSA_iva nava.ambudA: |
ते सप्त-वर्ष-वयसो बभूवुर् ज्ञात-वाङ्.मयाः ॥३।८६।२२॥
te sapta-varSa-vayasa:_babhUvu:_jJAta-vAk.mayA: ||3|86|22||
.
svalpena_eva hi kAlena - prAvRSA_iva nava.ambudA: = te sapta-varSa-vayasa:_ - babhUvu:_jJAta-vAk.mayA: - x
.
by the time seven years had passed
they knew their language,
and they spoke like little thunder-clouds in the time of rain
.
hearing his words, then, all of those worthy twiceborn sons of indu
gave praise
:
"Excellent, excellent!"
they cried
.
*vlm.p.22 In course of a short time, they attained their boyhood and became conversant in the language of the gods (Sanskrit), like the mute clouds become loud in the rainy season.
23-24
विरेजुस् तेजसा तत्र नभसि_इव.अमला* ग्रहाः ।
vireju:_tejasA
tatra nabhasi_iva.amalA: grahA: |
अथ
कालेन महता तेषाम् तौ पितरौ तदा ॥३।८६।२३॥
atha kAlena mahatA teSAm tau pitarau tadA ||3|86|23||
संजग्मतुस् तनुम् त्यक्त्वा स्वाम् गतिम् गति-कोविदौ ।
saMjagmatu:_tanum
tyaktvA svAm gatim gati-kovidau |
माता-पितृभ्याम्
रहिता* दश ते ब्राह्मणास् ततः ॥३।८६।२४॥
mAtA-pitRbhyAm rahitA: daza te brAhmaNA:_tata: ||3|86|24||
.
they
shone there
a constellation in the sky
.
but
then
after a long time had gone.by
both their parents
went far away
forsaking their bodies
to follow their own path
—
learning their path
deprived of mother & faher
those ten brAhmaNas
then
vireju:_tejasA tatra nabhasi_iva.amalA grahA: = atha kAlena mahatA teSAm tau pitarau tadA = saMjagmatu:_tanum tyaktvA svAm gatim gati-kovidau = mAtA-pitRbhyAm rahitA* daza te brAhmaNA:_tata:
.
*vlm.p.23 They shone in their circle with the luster of their bodies, as the resplendent orbs of the sky burn and turn about in their spheres.
*vlm.p.24 In time these youths lost both parents who passed off their mortal coils to go to their last abode.
x
x
22 23 24
25
ययुः कैलास-शिखरम् गृहम् संत्यज्य खेदिनः ।
yayu: kailAsa-zikharam gRham saMtyajya khedina: |
तत्र संचिन्तयाम्.आसुर् उद्विघ्नास् ते विबान्धवाः ॥३।८६।२५॥
tatra saMcintayAm.Asu:_udvignA:_te vibAndhavA: ||3|86|25||
.
they yayu:.came/went.to - kailAsa.Mt.Kailaasa-zikhara.peak/summit-m
- gRha.house/home-m saMtyajya.xx- khedi.xx-na: = tatra.there/then
-.there/then - saMcint.xx-ayAm.Asu: - udvigna.xx-A:_te.they/thee-
vibAndhu.xx-avA:
.
the ten brAhmaNa.s
thereupon
went to the very peak of kailAsa
:
sorrowing
they forsook their home and gave themselves to grief,
ten mourning orphans
.
*vlm.p.25 Losing both parents, the ten brAhmaNa lads left their home in grief and went to the top of Mount Kailash to pass their helpless lives in mourning.
26
किम् स्याद् इह परम् श्रेय* ऊचुश् च_इदम् परस्परम् ।
kIm syAt_iha param zreya* Ucu:_ca_idam parasparam |
किम् इह स्यात् समुचितम् भ्रातरः किम् अदुःखदम् ॥३।८६।२६॥
kim iha syAt samucitam bhrAtara: kim a-du:khadam ||3|86|26||
.
kim.?? - syAt iha param zreyaH - UcuH. ca idam paraspara.xx-m = kim iha syAt samucita.xx-m - bhrAtar.xx-a: kim.?? - a-.not/without.du:.bad-kha.Ur.space/sky-da.giving-m
.
"Here in this world,
what would be
for us
our highest good?"
.
*vlm.p.26 Here they discussed what would be best for them, and what would be the right course to take to avoid the troubles and miseries of life.
(the Brothers asked each-other questions such as this)—
what
is the proper thing to do
?
what
does not bring us unto grief
?
.
x
x
25 26
27-28
किम् महत्त्वम् किम् ऐश्वर्यम् किम् महा.विभवम् शुभम् ।
kim mahattvam kim aizvaryam kim mahA.vibhavam zubham |
किम् तद्_एतज्_जन.ऐश्वर्यम् साम न्तो_हि महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।२७॥
kim tat_etat_jana.aizvaryam sAmanta:_hi mahezvara: ||3|86|27||
सामन्त-सम्पत् किम् नाम राजानो हि महेश्वराः ।
sAmanta-sampat kim nAma rAjAna:_hi mahezvarA: |
का नाम सम्पद् भूपानाम् सम्राड् इह महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।२८॥
kA nAma sampat_bhUpAnAm samrAT_iha mahezvara: ||3|86|28||
.
kim.?? - mahattva.magnanimity-m kim.?? - aizvarya.Lordship-m kim.?? - mahA.great-vibhava.xx-m zubha.xx-m = kim tat etat jana.xx-aizvarya.xx-m sAmanta.xx-: hi mahezvara.xx-: = sAmanta.xx-sampat.xx- kim nAma rAjAna:.xx- hi mahezvara.xx-A: - kA:.xx- nAma sampat.xx- bhUpa.xx-AnAm samrAT.xx- iha mahezvara.xx-:
.
is it greatness
?
is it Lordship
?
is it perfect Majesty
?
is it lordship over the people, leading them like the Lord
?
what good is all the wealth of kings
and who cares
who're
the Overlords of all these wealthy Earth.Lords
?
and what use are their powers
?
*vlm.p.27 They talked with one another on such topics as what was the best good of humanity in this world of mortality, and many other subjects, such as:
*vlm.p.28 What is true greatness, best riches and affluence, and the highest good of humankind? What is the good of great power, possessions, being chief, or even the gain of a kingdom? What forms the true dignity of kings and the high majesty of emperors?
#vibhava, *wi.bhava - mfn. powerful, rich MBh. xiii, 802 • m. being everywhere, omnipresence • development, evolution (with Vaishnavas "the evolution of the Supreme Being into secondary forms") Sarvad. • power, greatness, dominion R.&c. (ifc. with loc., "one whose power consists in" Gi1t.); influence upon (loc.) - (also pl.) wealth, property, fortune MBh.&c. • luxury, anything sumptuary or superfluous Hcar. • emancipation from existence • destruction (of the world) Buddh. •-• *vibhava.kSaya -m.- loss of fortune or property • *vibhavata: -ind.- according to rank or fortune or dignity • *vibhava.mada -m.- the pride of power • #vibhavamat -mfn.- possessed of power, wealthy +
x
x
25 26 27 28
29
किम् नाम तन् महेन्द्रत्वम् यन् मुहूर्तम् प्रजापतेः ।
kim nAma tat_mahendratvam yat_muhUrtam prajApate: |
विनश्यति न यत् कल्पे किम् स्यात् तद् इह शोभनम् ॥३।८६।२९॥
vinazyati na yat kalpe kim syAt tat_iha zobhanam ||3|86|29||
.
kim nAma tat_mahendratvam - yat_muhUrtam prajApate: = vinazyati na yat kalpe - kim syAt tat_iha zobhanam
.
even the state of great indra is
only an hour of the Grandfather's time
!
not to be destroyed
—till Doomsday—
you call that Glory
?
*vlm.p.29 What avails the rule of the great indra, which is lost in one moment (of brahma). What endures a whole kalpa and must be the best good as the most lasting?
30
भाषमाणेष्व्_अथ_एतेषु ज्येष्टो भ्राता महामतिः ।
bhASamANeSu_atha_eteSu jyeSTa:_bhrAtA mahA.mati: |
गम्भीर-वाग् उवाच_इदम् मृग-यूथान् मृगो यथा ॥३।८६।३०॥
gambhIra-vAk_uvAca_idam mRga-yUthAn_mRga:_yathA ||3|86|30||
.
bhASamANeSu_atha_eteSu - jyeSTa:_bhrAtA mahA.mati: = gambhIra-vAk_uvAca_idam - mRga-yUthAn_mRga:_yathA
.
then
after all their talking,
their thoughtful big brother spoke to them,
his sonorous voice deep as a stag's governing a herd of ewes
:
*vlm.p.30 As they were talking in this manner, they were interrupted by the eldest brother, with a voice as grave as that of the leader of a herd of deer to the attentive herd.
x
x
29 30
31
"ऐश्वर्यानाम् हि सर्वेषाम् आकल्पम् न विनाशि यत् ।
"aizvaryAnAm hi sarveSAm Akalpam na vinAzi yat |
रोचते भ्रातरस् तन् मे ब्रह्मत्वम् इह न_इतरम्" ॥३।८६।३१॥
rocate bhrAtara:_tat_me brahmatvam iha na_itaram" ||3|86|31||
.
"aizvaryAnAm hi sarveSAm Akalpam -
na vinAzi yat =
rocate bhrAtara:_tat_me -
brahmatvam iha na.itaram"
.
"To be the unconquerable Lord of all,
brothers,
that is what seems to me better than anything
—
to be a brahmA in this world."
*vlm.p.31 "Of all kinds of riches and dignities, there is one thing that endures for a whole kalpa and is never destroyed. This is the state of brahma, which I prize above all others."
32
एतद्_उक्तम् तद्.अखिला* द्विज-पुत्रास् त* उत्तमाः ।
etat_uktam tat.akhilA: dvija-putrA:_te uttamA: |
वचोभिर् ऐन्दवास् तत्र "साधु साध्व्"_इत्य_अपूजयन् ॥३।८६।३२॥
vacobhi:_aindavA:_tatra "sAdhu sAdhu"_iti_apUjayan ||3|86|32||
.
etat_uktam tat.akhilA* - dvija-putrA:_ta* uttamA: = vacobhi:_aindavA:_tatra - "sAdhu sAdhu"_iti_apUjayan
.
hearing his words,
then all of those worthy twiceborn Aindava sons gave praise:
"Excellent, excellent!"
.
*vlm.p.32 Hearing this, all the good sons of Indu exclaimed in one voice, "Ah! Well said"Then they honored the eldest with kind speeches.
33
ऊचुश् च_इदम् कथम्, तात, सर्व.दुःख.उपम.अर्जनम् ।
Ucu:_ca_idam katham, tAta, sarva.du:kha.upama.arjanam |
पद्म.आसनम् जगत्-पूज्यम् विरिञ्चित्वम् अवाप्नुमः ॥३।८६।३३॥
padma.Asanam jagat-pUjyam viriJcitvam ava.Apnuma: ||3|86|33||
.
Ucu:_ca_idam katham, - tAta, - sarva.du:kha.upama.arjanam = padma.Asanam jagat-pUjyam - viriJcitvam ava.Apnuma:
.
"But how, brother,"
they asked,
"how do
we get to this state of virinchi.brahma,
seated on a lotus,
with every sorrow washed.away, worthy of worship in this world?"
*vlm.p.33 They said, "How, O brother, is it possible for us to attain to the state of brahma, who is seated on his seat of lotuses, and is adored by all in this world?"
x
x
31 32 33
34
भ्रात्रा तेन पुनः प्रोक्ता* भ्रातरो भूति-तेजसः ।
bhrAtrA tena puna: proktA* bhrAtara:_bhUti-tejasa: |
मद्.उक्तम् सर्वम् एव_इमे भवन्तः पालयन्तु वै ॥३।८६।३४॥
mat.uktam sarvam eva_ime bhavanta: pAlayantu vai ||3|86|34||
.
bhrAtrA tena puna: proktA* - bhrAtaro bhUti-tejasa: = mat.uktam sarvam eva_ime - bhavanta: pAlayantu vai
.
big brother had this to say to that
:
"Gentlemen,
you should do just what I tell you
:
*vlm.p.34 The eldest then replied to his younger brothers saying, "O you my worthy brothers, do as I say and you will be successful.
35
पद्मासन-गतो भास्वान् ब्रह्मा_अहम् इति तेजसा ।
padmAsana-gata:_bhAsvAn brahmA_aham iti tejasA |
सृजामि संहरामि_इति ध्यानम् अस्तु चिराय वः ॥३।८६।३५॥
sRjAmi saMharAmi_iti dhyAnam astu cirAya va: ||3|86|35||
.
padmAsana-gata:_bhAsvAn - brahmA_aham iti tejasA = sRjAmi saMharAmi_iti - dhyAnam astu cirAya va:
.
'I am
the lotus-seated luminous brahmA'
—
with this light let your meditation shine
:
and
'I project this world, and end it too,'
—
meditate in this way for a long time.
*vlm.p.35 Sit in lotus posture and think yourselves to be the bright brahma, full of his brilliance and possessing the powers of creation and annihilation in yourselves."
36
अग्रजेन_इति कथिते बाढम् कृत्वा त* उत्तमाः ।
agrajena_iti kathite bADham kRtvA te uttamA: |
ध्यान.अधीन-धियस् तस्तुः सह_एव ज्यायसा रसात् ॥३।८६।३६॥
dhyAna.adhIna-dhiya:_tastu: saha_eva jyAyasA rasAt ||3|86|36||
.
agrajena_iti kathite - bADham kRtvA ta* uttamA: = dhyAna.adhIna-dhiya:_tastu: - saha_eva jyAyasA rasAt
.
the firstborn having spoken thus,
the rest gave their assent;
and then they joined their thoughts in dhyAna.Meditation
attentive to their Elder
.
*vlm.p.36 Being instructed in this manner by the eldest brother, the younger brothers responded saying, "Amen."With gladness in their hearts, they sat in meditation together with the eldest brother.
x
x
34 35 36
37
लिपि-कर्म.अर्पित.आकारा* ध्यान.असक्त.धियः_च ते ।
lipi-karma.arpita.AkArA: dhyAna.asakta.dhiya:_ca te |
अन्त.स्थेन_एव मनसा चिन्तयाम्.आसुर् आदृताः ॥३।८६।३७॥
anta.sthena_eva manasA cintayAm.Asu:_AdRtA: ||3|86|37||
.
lipi-karma.arpita.AkArA - dhyAna.asakta.dhiya:_ca te = anta.sthena_eva manasA - cintayAm.Asu:_AdRtA:
.
their forms were like painted pictures,
their thoughts detached thru dhyAna.Meditation,
with manas.Mind seated within,
attentively they thought
:
*vlm.p.37 They remained in their meditative mood like the still images in a painting. Their minds were concentrated in the inmost brahma, whom they adored and thought upon, thinking,
38
अथ_उत्फुल्ल-कमल-कोश-वक्त्र.उन्नत.आसनः ।
atha_utphulla-kamala-koza-vaktra.unnata.Asana: |
ब्रह्मा_अहम् जगताम् स्रष्टा कर्ता भोक्ता महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।३८॥
brahmA_aham jagatAm sraSTA kartA bhoktA mahezvara: ||3|86|38||
.
atha_ -
utphulla-kamala-koza-vaktra.unnata.Asana: =
brahmA_aham jagatAm sraSTA -
kartA bhoktA mahezvara:
.
"now
here
I sit
on the pericarp of a full blown lotus,
and find myself
as brahmA the Immense
the great God,
the creator and sustainer of the universe.-vlm.
*vlm.p.38 "Here I sit on the middle of a full blown lotus, and find myself as brahma, the great god, the creator and sustainer of the universe.
39
यज्ञ-क्रिया-क्रमवतः साङ्ग.उपाङ्गा* महर्षयः ।
yajJa-kriyA-kramavata: sAGga.upAGgA: maharSaya: |
सरस्वत्या_अथ गायत्र्या युक्ता* वेदा* नरा* इमे ॥३।८६।३९॥
sarasvatyA_atha gAyatryA yuktA: vedA: narA: ime ||3|86|39||
.
yajJa.xx-kriyA.xx-krama.xx-vata: - sAGga.xx-upAGga.xx-A* maharSi.xx-aya: =
sarasvatI.xx-yA_atha.and.so - gAyatri.xx-yA - yukta.xx-A* veda.xx-A* nara.xx-A* ime.these.ones
.
"The Orders of Worshipful Works,
their branches and schools,
and Great RShi.s
with sarasvatI the Riverine
also gAyatrI
together
joined
known
and human
are all these
.
*vlm.39. I find in me the whole ritual of sacrificial rites, the Vedas with their branches and supplements and the Rishis; I view in me the Sarasvati and Gáyatri mantras of the Veda, and all the Gods and men situated in me.
x
x
37 38 39
40
लोकपाल-पराक्रान्तः संचरत्-सिद्ध-मण्डलः ।
lokapAla-parAkrAnta: saMcarat-siddha-maNDala: |
अयम् उद्याम-सौभाग्यः स्वर्गः स्वर-विभूषितः ॥३।८६।४०॥
ayam udyAma-saubhAgya: svarga: svara-vibhUSita: ||3|86|40||
.
lokapAla-parAkrAnta: - saMcarat-siddha-maNDala: = ayam udyAma-saubhAgya: -
svarga: svara-vibhUSita:
.
"As the fruit of my striving
for as long as the tretA and dvApara Ages put.together
I wander
thru the harmonious heavenly siddha.Sphere.
*vlm.p.40 I see in me the spheres of the regents, of the world, and the circles of the spiritual masters revolving about me, with the spacious heaven bespangled with the stars.
http://taicarmen.files.wordpress.com/2011/05/earth-from-space-1.jpg
41
पर्वत-द्वीप-जलधि-काननैः सम्.अलंकृतम् ।
parvata-dvIpa-jaladhi-kAnanai: sam.alaMkRtam |
इदम् भू.मण्डलम् चैव त्रिलोकी-कर्ण-कुण्दलम् ॥३।८६।४१॥
idam bhU.maNDalam ca_eva trilokI-karNa-kuNdalam ||3|86|41||
.
parvata-dvIpa-jaladhi-kAnanai: - sam.alaMkRtam = idam bhU.maNDalam ca_eva -
trilokI-karNa-kuNdalam
.
"This Earth,
embossed with mountains, seas, forests, and continents,
hangs like an earring on the universe.
*vlm.p.41 I see this globe of land and water decorated with all its oceans and continents, its mountains and islands, hanging like an earring in the material system."
42
एतत् पाताल-कुहरम् दैत्य-दानव-भोजितम् ।
etat pAtAla-kuharam daitya-dAnava-bhojitam |
अमृतस् त्रीगण_आकीर्णम् गृहम् गगन-कोटरम् ॥३।८६।४२॥
amRta:_trIgaNa.AkIrNam gRham gagana-koTaram ||3|86|42||
.
etat pAtAla-kuharam - daitya-dAnava-bhojitam = amRta:_trIgaNa.AkIrNam - gRham gagana-koTaram
.
"This
is pAtAla-kuhara,
the Cave of Hell,
with its demon daityas and dAnavas.
*vlm.p.42 Within myself I have the hollow of the infernal world, with its demons, and serpents. I have the cavity of the sky in myself, containing the homes and maidens of the immortals.
+
"My home is a sky.cave,
with a crowd of pretty girls.
vlm. ... I have the cavity of the sky in myself, containing the habitations and damsels of the immortals.
x
x
40 41 42
43
अयम् इन्द्रो महाबाहुः प्रज.अलंकृत.द-उत्तमः ।
ayam indra:_mahAbAhu: praja.alaMkRta.da-uttama: |
त्रैलोक्य-नगरीम् एकः पाति पावन-यज्ञ-भुक् ॥३।८६।४३॥
trailokya-nagarIm eka: pAti pAvana-yajJa-bhuk ||3|86|43||
.
ayam indra:_mahAbAhu: - praja.alaMkRta.da.uttama: = trailokya-nagarIm eka: - pAti pAvana-yajJa-bhuk
.
"There
is the strong armed indra,
the tormentor of the lords of peoples;
the sole Lord of the three worlds,
and the receiver of the sacrifices of men."—vlm.
*vlm.43 There is the strong armed indra, the tormentor of the lords of peoples, the sole lord of the three worlds, who receives the sacrifices of men.
*jd.43 - ayam indra: mahA.bAhu: - this indraStrongarm = prajA-alaMkRta.da.uttama: - the highest adornment of the people = trai-lokya-nagarIm eka: pAti - the one who protects the three worlds... = pAvana-yajJa-bhuk - enjoyer of purifying sacrifice.
44
दीप्र-जाल-वरत्राभिर् अवष्टभ्य_अथ दिग्गणम् ।
dIpra-jAla-varatrAbhi:_avaSTabhya_atha dik.gaNam |
क्रमेण प्रतपन्त्य_एते भानवो भूरि-भानवः ॥३।८६।४४॥
krameNa pratapanti_ete bhAnava:_bhUri-bhAnava: ||3|86|44||
.
dIpra-jAla-varatrAbhi: - avaSTabhya_atha dik.gaNam = krameNa pratapanti_ete - bhAnava:_bhUri-bhAnava:
.
*vlm.44 I see the bright net of the firmament spread over all sides of heaven, and the twelve suns of the twelve months dispensing their ceaseless beams amidst it.
"I see on every side of heaven
the bright net of the sky outspread
where the twelve suns of the twelve months emit their ceaseless beams. *vlm.
*jd. dIpra-jAla-varatrAbhi: - w/ radiant-net-straps = avaSTabhya - outspread = atha dig-gaNam krameNa - and then in every direction = pratapanti - they sparkle = ete bhAnava: - these suns = bhUri-bhAnava: - these many suns.
45
लोकपाला* इमे लोकम् रक्षन्ति शुद्ध-वृत्तयः ।
lokapAlA: ime lokam rakSanti zuddha-vRttaya: |
मर्यादाभिर् अतुच्छाभिर् गोपाला* गोगणम् यथा ॥३।८६।४५॥
maryAdAbhi:_a-tucchAbhi:_gopAlA: gogaNam yathA ||3|86|45||
.
lokapAlA* ime lokam - rakSanti zuddha-vRttaya: = maryAdAbhi:_a-tucchAbhi: - gopAlA* gogaNam yathA
.
"and then
overspread
with a network of radiant strands
the Directions
in their order
shine forth with their suns,
sun after sun
:
these World-Guardians protect the world,
pure in their thoughts,
proper in their conduct,
and serious in thought,
like cowherds with a herd of cows.
*vlm.45 I see the righteous rulers of the sky and the rulers of men protecting their respective regions and peoples with the same care as cowherds take to protect their cattle.
x
x
43 44 45
46
उन्मज्जन्ति निमज्जन्ति प्रस्फुरन्ति पतन्ति च ।
unmajjanti nimajjanti prasphuranti patanti ca |
तरङ्गा* इव तोयानाम् इमाः प्रतिदिनम् प्रजाः ॥३।८६।४६॥
taraGgA: iva toyAnAm imA: pratidinam prajA: ||3|86|46||
.
unmajj.xx-anti nimajj.xx-anti - prasphur.xx-anti pat.xx-anti ca.and/also - = taraGga.xx-A* iva.like/as.if - toya.xx-AnAm - imA:.these.ones- pratidina.xx-m praja.xx-A:
.
"as for all of these creatures every day
—
they float,
they sink,
they sparkle,
they fly,
like waves they enter the water.
*vlm.46 I find every day among all sorts of beings, some rising and falling, and others diving and floating, like the constant waves of the sea.
http://taicarmen.files.wordpress.com/2011/05/earth-from-space-1.jpg
47
सृजाम्य्_इमम् अहम् सर्गम् संहरामि तथा_आदृतः ।
sRjAmi_imam aham sargam saMharAmi tathA_AdRta: |
अयम् आत्मनि तिष्ठामि शाम्यामि भुवन.ईश्वरः ॥३।८६।४७॥
ayam Atmani tiSThAmi zAmyAmi bhuvana.Izvara: ||3|86|47||
.
sRj.xx-Ami imam aham.I- sarga.creation-.xx-m - saMhar.xx-Ami tathA.thus/in.that.way- AdRta.xx-: = ayam.this.here- Atmani.in.self-.xx- tiSThAmi - I remain/exist.as - zAmy.quiet-Ami bhuvana.xx-Izvara.Lord.Iishwara-:
.
"I project this Creation.
I gather it carefully unto myself.
I rest within this Self.
I am at peace, Lord of the World.
*vlm.p.47 "It is I who create, preserve and destroy the worlds. I remain in myself and pervade over all existence as the lord of all.
48
अयम् संवत्सरो यात* इदम् परिणतम् युगम् ।
ayam saMvatsara:_yAta* idam pariNatam yugam |
सृष्टेर्_अयम् असौ कालः स्वयम् संहरणस्य च ॥३।८६।४८॥
sRSTe:_ayam asau kAla: svayam saMharaNasya ca ||3|86|48||
.
ayam.this.here- saMvatsara.year-: yAta.having.come.to-* - idam.this - pariNata.xx-m yuga.xx-m = sRSTi.xx-e: ayam.this.here- asau.that.yonder- kAla.time-: - svayam.Urself/itself- of/for the saMharaNa.xx-sya ca.and/also -
.
"this year has come
as the harvest time of this Age.
this is the time of this creation
itself
and of its gathering for destruction
.
*vlm. I observe in myself the revolution of years and ages, and of all seasons and times, and I find the very time, to be both the creator and destroyer of things.
*vlm.48 I observe in myself the revolution of years and ages, and of all seasons and times, and I find the same time to be both the creator and destroyer of things.
x
x
46 47 48
49
अयम् एव गतः कल्पो ब्राह्मी रात्रिर् इयम् तता ।
ayam eva gata: kalpa:_brAhmI rAtri:_iyam tatA |
अयम् आत्मनि तिष्ठामि पूर्ण.आत्मा परमेश्वरः ॥३।८६।४९॥
ayam Atmani tiSThAmi pUrNa.AtmA paramezvara: ||3|86|49||
.
ayam eva gata: kalpa: - brAhmI rAtri:_iyam tatA =
ayam Atmani tiSThAmi -
pUrNa.AtmA paramezvara:
.
"this kalpa.Epoch ends, brothers, this is the evening of brahmA,
as this
I rest in myself
full of Self,
the Supreme Lord."
*vlm.49 I see a kalpa passing away before me, and the night of brahma (dissolution) stretched out in my presence, while I reside forever in the Supreme Soul, as full and perfect as the Divine Spirit itself."
#tan -> #tata - stretched
50
इति भावितया बुद्ध्या ते द्विजा* अथ_ऐन्दवाः ।
iti bhAvitayA buddhyA te dvijA: atha_aindavA: |
दश.अद्रि-वृत्तयस् तस्तुः समुत्कीर्णा* इव_उपलात् ॥३।८६।५०॥
daza.adri-vRttaya:_tastu: sam.utkIrNA: iva_upalAt ||3|86|50||
.
iti bhAvitayA buddhyA - te dvijA* atha`aindavA: = daza.adri-vRttaya:_tastu: - sam.utkIrNA* iva_upalAt
.
their thoughts filled with such feelings,
those twiceborn aindava.s,
ten mountains,
sat as.if they were carved from stone
.
*vlm.p.50 Thus these brAhmaNas, the ten sons of Indu, remained in this sort of samAdhi meditation in their motionless postures like fixed rocks, and like images hewn out of stones in a hill.
51
अधिगत-कमल.आसन-क्र मास्ते
adhigata-kamala.Asana-kramA:_te
परिगलित.इतर-तुच्छ-वृत्ति-जालाः ।
parigalita.itara-tuccha-vRtti-jAlA: |
सततम् अतितराम् कुश.आसन-स्थाश्
satatam atitarAm kuza.Asana-sthA:_
चिरम् इति पङ्कज-कल्पने विरेजुः ॥३।८६।५१॥
ciram iti paGkaja-kalpane vireju: ||3|86|51||
.
adhigata.xx-kamala.xx-lotus-Asana.xx-krama.xx-A: te.xx-they/thee- parigalita.xx-itara.xx-tuccha.xx-vRtti.xx-jAla.xx-A: = satatam.xx- atitara.xx-Am kuza.xx-Asana.xx-stha.xx-A: - ciram iti paGkaja.xx-kalpana.xx-e vireju.xx-:
.
they sat together in Lotus Posture
released from the net of their trivial thoughts
totally
absolutely
.
on their seats of kusha grass
for a long time
thus
on an imagined lotus
they shone.forth in their domain
.
*vlm.51 In this manner these brAhmaNas, being fully acquainted with the nature of brahma, and possessed of the spirit of that deity in themselves, continued in their meditation for a long period. They sat in their lotus posture on seats of kusa grass, freed from the snare of the fickle and frivolous desires of this false and frail world.
x
x
49 50 51
oॐm
सर्ग ३.८६
भानु:_उवाच ।
bhAnu:_uvAca |
कल्प-नाम्नि, महा.देव, ह्यस्तने दिवसे तव ।
kalpa-nAmni, mahA.deva, hyastane divase tava |
तले कैलास-शैलस्य जम्बू.द्वीप.एक-कोणके ॥३।८६।०१।
tale kailAsa-zailasya jambU.dvIpa.eka-koNake ||3|86|01|
सुवर्ण.जट-नाम्ना यस् त्वत्.पुत्रैर् जनित-प्रजैः ।
suvarNa.jaTa-nAmnA ya:_tvat.putrai:_janita-prajai: |
मण्डलम् कल्पितम् श्रीमद्.अनल्प-सुख-सुन्दरम् ॥३।८६।०२॥
maNDalam kalpitam zrImat.analpa-sukha-sundaram ||3|86|02||
तत्र_अभूद् अति.धर्म.आत्मा ब्राह्मणो ब्रह्मवित्.तमः ।
tatra_abhUt_ati.dharma.AtmA brAhmaNa:_brahmavit.tama: |
इन्दु.नाम.अतिशान्त.आत्मा कश्यपस्य कुल_उद्भवः ॥३।८६।०३॥
indu.nAma.atizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula_udbhava: ||3|86|03||
तस्मिन् तदा निवसतो नित्यम् स्वजन-मण्डले ।
tasmin tadA nivasata:_nityam svajana-maNDale |
तस्य प्राण.समा भार्या काचित् तस्याम् महात्मनः ॥३।८६।०४॥
tasya prANa.samA bhAryA kA.cit tasyAm mahAtmana: ||3|86|04||
न बभूव_आत्मजस् तस्य मरु-भूमौ तृणम् यथा ।
na babhUva_Atmaja:_tasya maru-bhUmau tRNam yathA |
न व्याराजत सा भार्या तस्य निष्फल-पुष्पिता ॥३।८६।०५॥
na vi.arAjata sA bhAryA tasya niSphala-puSpitA ||3|86|05||
ऋज्वी गौरी सु.शुद्धा_अपि शून्या शरलता यथा ।
RjvI gaurI su.zuddhA_api zUnyA zaralatA yathA |
तौ ततो दंपती खिन्नौ पुत्र.अर्थम् तपसे गिरेः ॥३।८६।०६॥
tau tata:_dampatI khinnau putra.artham tapase gire: ||3|86|06||
कैलासस्य_अंशम् आरूढौ रूढाव्_इव नव-द्रुमौ ।
kailAsasya_aMzam ArUDhau rUDhau_iva nava-drumau |
भूतैर् अनावृते शून्ये तस्मिन् कैलास-कुञ्जके ॥३।८६।०७॥
bhUtai:_anAvRte zUnye tasmin kailAsa-kuJjake ||3|86|07||
तेपतुस् तौ तपो घोरम् जलाहारौ तरु-स्थिती ।
tepatu:_tau tapa:_ghoram jalAhArau taru-sthitI |
एकम् पानीय-चुलकम् पीत्वा दिवस-पर्यये ॥३।८६।०८॥
ekam pAnIya-culakam pItvA divasa-paryaye ||3|86|08||
निस्पन्दम् उत्थितौ वार्क्षीम् वृत्तिम् आश्रित्य संस्थितौ ।
nispandam utthitau vArkSIm vRttim Azritya saMsthitau |
तस्थतुस् तौ तदा तत्र तावत्.कालम् तरु-व्रतौ ॥३।८६।०९॥
tasthatu:_tau tadA tatra tAvat.kAlam taru-vratau ||3|86|09||
यावत् त्रेता द्वापरम् च युगे द्वे एव ते गते ।
yAvat tretA dvAparam ca yuge dve eva te gate |
ततस् तुष्टो ऽभवद् देवस्_तयोः शशि-कल.आधरः ॥३।८६।१०॥
tata:_tuSTa:_abhavat_deva:_tayo: zazi-kala.Adhara: ||3|86|10||
दिन.आतप.आतापितयोः_इन्दुः कुमुदयोः_इव ।
dina.Atapa.AtApitayo:_indu: kumudayo:_iva |
आजगाम तम् उद्देशम् यत्र तौ विप्र-दंपती ॥३।८६।११॥
AjagAma tam uddezam yatra tau vipra-daMpatI ||3|86|11||
स=लता-पादपम् देशम् पुष्प.आकर* इव_ईश्वरः ।
sa=latA-pAdapam dezam puSpa.Akara* iva_Izvara: |
दंपती तौ वृष.आरूढम् सोमम् सोम.अर्ध-शेखरम् ॥३।८६।१२॥
daMpatI tau vRSa.ArUDham somam soma.ardha-zekharam ||3|86|12||
फुल्ल.अननौ ददृशतुः कुमुदे शशिनम् यथा ।
phulla.ananau dadRzatu: kumude zazinam yathA |
तौ तम् प्रणेमतुर् देवम् तुषार.अमलम् ईश्वरम् ॥३।८६।१३॥
tau tam praNematu:_devam tuSAra.amalam Izvaram ||3|86|13||
द्याव्_आपृथिव्याव्_उदितम् परिपूर्णम् इव_उडुपम् ।
dyau_A.pRthivyau_uditam paripUrNam iva_uDupam |
तर्जयन्-पवनाधूत-नव-वृक्ष.अनन-स्वरम् ॥३।८६।१४॥
tarjayan-pavanAdhUta-nava-vRkSa.anana-svaram ||3|86|14||
मृदु-उद्याम-स्मित-स्पन्दि प्रोवाच_अथ वचः शिवः ।
mRdu-udyAma-smita-spandi provAca_atha vaca: ziva: |
विप्र* उवाच ।
Izvara* uvAca |
वरम् विप्र गृहाणा_आशु तुष्टो ऽस्मि तव वाञ्छितम् ॥३।८६।१५॥
varam vipra gRhANA_Azu tuSTa:_asmi tava vAJchitam ||3|86|15||
मधु-मास-रस.आक्रान्त-वृक्षवन् मुदितो भव ।
madhu-mAsa-rasa.AkrAnta-vRkSavan mudita:_bhava |
विप्र* उवाच ।
Izvara* uvAca |
भगवन्, देवदेव-ईश, दश पुत्रा* महाधियः ॥३।८६।१६॥
bhagavan, devadeva-Iza, daza putrA: mahAdhiya: ||3|86|16||
भव्या* भवन्तु मे भूयः शोको येन न बाधते ।
bhavyA* bhavantu me bhUya: zoka:_yena na bAdhate |
भानु:_उवाच ।
bhAnu:_uvAca |
अथ_एवम् अ stvx _इति प्रोच्य जगाम_अन्तर्धिम् ईश्वरः ॥३।८६।१७॥
atha_evam astu_iti procya jagAma_antardhim Izvara: ||3|86|17||
व्योम्नि वारि-निधिर् ह्रादम् कृत्वा_इव_ऊर्मि-महा.वपुः ।
vyomni vAri-nidhi:_hrAdam kRtvA_iva_Urmi-mahA.vapu: |
अतस् तौ दम्पती तुष्टौ शिव-लब्ध=वरौ गृहम् ॥३।८६।१८॥
ata:_tau dampatI tuSTau ziva-labdha=varau gRham ||3|86|18||
गतौ गीर्वाण-सदृशौ खम् इव_उमा-महेश्वरौ ।
gatau gIrvANa-sadRzau kham iva_umA-mahezvarau |
तत्र_असौ ब्राह्मणी गेहे बभूव_उदार-गर्भिणी ॥३।८६।१९॥
tatra_asau brAhmaNI gehe babhUva_udAra-garbhiNI ||3|86|19||
बभौ पूर्ण.उदरा श्यामा मेघ-लेखा_इव वारिणा ।
babhau pUrNa.udarA zyAmA megha-lekhA_iva vAriNA |
काले ऽथ सुषुवे पुत्रान् प्रतिपच्.चन्द्र-कोमलान् ॥३।८६।२०॥
kAle_atha suSuve putrAn pratipat.candra-komalAn ||3|86|20||
दश-बालान् ततो मुग्धान् वसुधा_इव नव.अङ्कुरान् ।
daza-bAlAn tata:_mugdhAn vasudhA_iva nava.aGkurAn |
कृत-ब्राह्मण-संस्कारा* वृद्धिम् ईयुर् महौजसः ॥३।८६।२१॥
kRta-brAhmaNa-saMskArA: vRddhim Iyu:_mahA.ojasa: ||3|86|21||
स्वल्पेन_एव हि कालेन प्रावृषा_इव नव.अम्बुदाः ।
svalpena_eva hi kAlena prAvRSA_iva nava.ambudA: |
ते सप्त-वर्ष-वयसो बभूवुर् ज्ञात-वाङ्.मयाः ॥३।८६।२२॥
te sapta-varSa-vayasa:_babhUvu:_jJAta-vAk.mayA: ||3|86|22||
विरेजुस् तेजसा तत्र नभसि_इव.अमला* ग्रहाः ।
vireju:_tejasA
tatra nabhasi_iva.amalA: grahA: |
अथ कालेन महता तेषाम् तौ पितरौ तदा ॥३।८६।२३॥
atha kAlena mahatA teSAm tau pitarau tadA ||3|86|23||
संजग्मतुस् तनुम् त्यक्त्वा स्वाम् गतिम् गति-कोविदौ ।
saMjagmatu:_tanum
tyaktvA svAm gatim gati-kovidau |
माता-पितृभ्याम् रहिता* दश ते ब्राह्मणास् ततः ॥३।८६।२४॥
mAtA-pitRbhyAm rahitA: daza te brAhmaNA:_tata: ||3|86|24||
ययुः कैलास-शिखरम् गृहम् संत्यज्य खेदिनः ।
yayu: kailAsa-zikharam gRham saMtyajya khedina: |
तत्र संचिन्तयाम्.आसुर् उद्विघ्नास् ते विबान्धवाः ॥३।८६।२५॥
tatra saMcintayAm.Asu:_udvignA:_te vibAndhavA: ||3|86|25||
किम् स्याद् इह परम् श्रेय* ऊचुश् च_इदम् परस्परम् ।
kIm syAt_iha param zreya* Ucu:_ca_idam parasparam |
किम् इह स्यात् समुचितम् भ्रातरः किम् अदुःखदम् ॥३।८६।२६॥
kim iha syAt samucitam bhrAtara: kim a-du:khadam ||3|86|26||
किम् महत्त्वम् किम् ऐश्वर्यम् किम् महा.विभवम् शुभम् ।
kim mahattvam kim
aizvaryam kim mahA.vibhavam zubham |
किम् तद्_एतज्_जन.ऐश्वर्यम् साम न्तो_हि महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।२७॥
kim tat_etat_jana.aizvaryam sAmanta:_hi mahezvara: ||3|86|27||
सामन्त-सम्पत् किम् नाम राजानो हि महेश्वराः ।
sAmanta-sampat kim
nAma rAjAna:_hi mahezvarA: |
का नाम सम्पद् भूपानाम् सम्राड् इह महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।२८॥
kA nAma sampat_bhUpAnAm samrAT_iha mahezvara: ||3|86|28||
किम् नाम तन् महेन्द्रत्वम् यन् मुहूर्तम् प्रजापतेः ।
kim nAma tat_mahendratvam yat_muhUrtam prajApate: |
विनश्यति न यत् कल्पे किम् स्यात् तद् इह शोभनम् ॥३।८६।२९॥
vinazyati na yat kalpe kim syAt tat_iha zobhanam ||3|86|29||
भाषमाणेष्व्_अथ_एतेषु ज्येष्टो भ्राता महामतिः ।
bhASamANeSu_atha_eteSu jyeSTa:_bhrAtA mahA.mati: |
गम्भीर-वाग् उवाच_इदम् मृग-यूथान् मृगो यथा ॥३।८६।३०॥
gambhIra-vAk_uvAca_idam mRga-yUthAn_mRga:_yathA ||3|86|30||
"ऐश्वर्यानाम् हि सर्वेषाम् आकल्पम् न विनाशि यत् ।
"aizvaryAnAm hi sarveSAm Akalpam na vinAzi yat |
रोचते भ्रातरस् तन् मे ब्रह्मत्वम् इह न_इतरम्" ॥३।८६।३१॥
rocate bhrAtara:_tat_me brahmatvam iha na_itaram" ||3|86|31||
एतद्_उक्तम् तद्.अखिला* द्विज-पुत्रास् त* उत्तमाः ।
etat_uktam tat.akhilA: dvija-putrA:_te uttamA: |
वचोभिर् ऐन्दवास् तत्र "साधु साध्व्"_इत्य_अपूजयन् ॥३।८६।३२॥
vacobhi:_aindavA:_tatra "sAdhu sAdhu"_iti_apUjayan ||3|86|32||
ऊचुश् च_इदम् कथम्, तात, सर्व.दुःख.उपम.अर्जनम् ।
Ucu:_ca_idam katham, tAta, sarva.du:kha.upama.arjanam |
पद्म.आसनम् जगत्-पूज्यम् विरिञ्चित्वम् अवाप्नुमः ॥३।८६।३३॥
padma.Asanam jagat-pUjyam viriJcitvam ava.Apnuma: ||3|86|33||
भ्रात्रा तेन पुनः प्रोक्ता* भ्रातरो भूति-तेजसः ।
bhrAtrA tena puna: proktA* bhrAtara:_bhUti-tejasa: |
मद्.उक्तम् सर्वम् एव_इमे भवन्तः पालयन्तु वै ॥३।८६।३४॥
mat.uktam sarvam eva_ime bhavanta: pAlayantu vai ||3|86|34||
पद्मासन-गतो भास्वान् ब्रह्मा_अहम् इति तेजसा ।
padmAsana-gata:_bhAsvAn brahmA_aham iti tejasA |
सृजामि संहरामि_इति ध्यानम् अस्तु चिराय वः ॥३।८६।३५॥
sRjAmi saMharAmi_iti dhyAnam astu cirAya va: ||3|86|35||
अग्रजेन_इति कथिते बाढम् कृत्वा त* उत्तमाः ।
agrajena_iti kathite bADham kRtvA te uttamA: |
ध्यान.अधीन-धियस् तस्तुः सह_एव ज्यायसा रसात् ॥३।८६।३६॥
dhyAna.adhIna-dhiya:_tastu: saha_eva jyAyasA rasAt ||3|86|36||
लिपि-कर्म.अर्पित.आकारा* ध्यान.असक्त.धियः_च ते ।
lipi-karma.arpita.AkArA: dhyAna.asakta.dhiya:_ca te |
अन्त.स्थेन_एव मनसा चिन्तयाम्.आसुर् आदृताः ॥३।८६।३७॥
anta.sthena_eva manasA cintayAm.Asu:_AdRtA: ||3|86|37||
अथ_उत्फुल्ल-कमल-कोश-वक्त्र.उन्नत.आसनः ।
atha_utphulla-kamala-koza-vaktra.unnata.Asana: |
ब्रह्मा_अहम् जगताम् स्रष्टा कर्ता भोक्ता महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।३८॥
brahmA_aham jagatAm sraSTA kartA bhoktA mahezvara: ||3|86|38||
यज्ञ-क्रिया-क्रमवतः साङ्ग.उपाङ्गा* महर्षयः ।
yajJa-kriyA-kramavata: sAGga.upAGgA: maharSaya: |
सरस्वत्या_अथ गायत्र्या युक्ता* वेदा* नरा* इमे ॥३।८६।३९॥
sarasvatyA_atha gAyatryA yuktA: vedA: narA: ime ||3|86|39||
लोकपाल-पराक्रान्तः संचरत्-सिद्ध-मण्डलः ।
lokapAla-parAkrAnta: saMcarat-siddha-maNDala: |
अयम् उद्याम-सौभाग्यः स्वर्गः स्वर-विभूषितः ॥३।८६।४०॥
ayam udyAma-saubhAgya: svarga: svara-vibhUSita: ||3|86|40||
पर्वत-द्वीप-जलधि-काननैः सम्.अलंकृतम् ।
parvata-dvIpa-jaladhi-kAnanai: sam.alaMkRtam |
इदम् भू.मण्डलम् चैव त्रिलोकी-कर्ण-कुण्दलम् ॥३।८६।४१॥
idam bhU.maNDalam ca_eva trilokI-karNa-kuNdalam ||3|86|41||
एतत् पाताल-कुहरम् दैत्य-दानव-भोजितम् ।
etat pAtAla-kuharam daitya-dAnava-bhojitam |
अमृतस् त्रीगण_आकीर्णम् गृहम् गगन-कोटरम् ॥३।८६।४२॥
amRta:_trIgaNa.AkIrNam gRham gagana-koTaram ||3|86|42||
अयम् इन्द्रो महाबाहुः प्रज.अलंकृत.द-उत्तमः ।
ayam indra:_mahAbAhu: praja.alaMkRta.da-uttama: |
त्रैलोक्य-नगरीम् एकः पाति पावन-यज्ञ-भुक् ॥३।८६।४३॥
trailokya-nagarIm eka: pAti pAvana-yajJa-bhuk ||3|86|43||
दीप्र-जाल-वरत्राभिर् अवष्टभ्य_अथ दिग्गणम् ।
dIpra-jAla-varatrAbhi:_avaSTabhya_atha dik.gaNam |
क्रमेण प्रतपन्त्य_एते भानवो भूरि-भानवः ॥३।८६।४४॥
krameNa pratapanti_ete bhAnava:_bhUri-bhAnava: ||3|86|44||
लोकपाला* इमे लोकम् रक्षन्ति शुद्ध-वृत्तयः ।
lokapAlA: ime lokam rakSanti zuddha-vRttaya: |
मर्यादाभिर् अतुच्छाभिर् गोपाला* गोगणम् यथा ॥३।८६।४५॥
maryAdAbhi:_a-tucchAbhi:_gopAlA: gogaNam yathA ||3|86|45||
उन्मज्जन्ति निमज्जन्ति प्रस्फुरन्ति पतन्ति च ।
unmajjanti nimajjanti prasphuranti patanti ca |
तरङ्गा* इव तोयानाम् इमाः प्रतिदिनम् प्रजाः ॥३।८६।४६॥
taraGgA: iva toyAnAm imA: pratidinam prajA: ||3|86|46||
सृजाम्य्_इमम् अहम् सर्गम् संहरामि तथा_आदृतः ।
sRjAmi_imam aham sargam saMharAmi tathA_AdRta: |
अयम् आत्मनि तिष्ठामि शाम्यामि भुवन.ईश्वरः ॥३।८६।४७॥
ayam Atmani tiSThAmi zAmyAmi bhuvana.Izvara: ||3|86|47||
अयम् संवत्सरो यात* इदम् परिणतम् युगम् ।
ayam saMvatsara:_yAta* idam pariNatam yugam |
सृष्टेर्_अयम् असौ कालः स्वयम् संहरणस्य च ॥३।८६।४८॥
sRSTe:_ayam asau kAla: svayam saMharaNasya ca ||3|86|48||
अयम् एव गतः कल्पो ब्राह्मी रात्रिर् इयम् तता ।
ayam eva gata: kalpa:_brAhmI rAtri:_iyam tatA |
अयम् आत्मनि तिष्ठामि पूर्ण.आत्मा परमेश्वरः ॥३।८६।४९॥
ayam Atmani tiSThAmi pUrNa.AtmA paramezvara: ||3|86|49||
इति भावितया बुद्ध्या ते द्विजा* अथ_ऐन्दवाः ।
iti bhAvitayA buddhyA te dvijA: atha_aindavA: |
दश.अद्रि-वृत्तयस् तस्तुः समुत्कीर्णा* इव_उपलात् ॥३।८६।५०॥
daza.adri-vRttaya:_tastu: sam.utkIrNA: iva_upalAt ||3|86|50||
अधिगत-कमल.आसन-क्र मास्ते
adhigata-kamala.Asana-kramA:_te
परिगलित.इतर-तुच्छ-वृत्ति-जालाः ।
parigalita.itara-tuccha-vRtti-jAlA: |
सततम् अतितराम् कुश.आसन-स्थाश्
satatam atitarAm kuza.Asana-sthA:_
चिरम् इति पङ्कज-कल्पने विरेजुः ॥३।८६।५१॥
ciram iti paGkaja-kalpane vireju: ||3|86|51||
॥
३०८६
fm3086 1.sp2..3 The BROTHERS aindava cont. .z51
+++
FM.Canto 3.86
Bhaanu the SUN said—
3.86.1 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15a
LORD Ishvara—
15b-16a
The vipra.Seer said—
16b 17a
Bhaanu the SUN said—
17b 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
||
+++
22|47|17|51|23|24|27|25|50|38|01|34|03|29|30|39|07|31|23|33|35|36|46|47|22|37|18|40|43|20|21|01|03|51|19|04|07|41|28|42|44|17|45|26|46|49|48|32|48|02|10|05|34|06|21|08|20|19|39|51|43|17|23|46|09|11|12|25|50|26|38|13|14|16|22|47|18|22|24|27|25|34|28|28|10|29|43|30|20|46|19|39|18|48|09|11|46|04|32|12|25|26|51|13|14|16|10|
Jiva Das
FM3086 THE AINDAVA BROTHERS CONT. 1.SP2-3 .z39
https://www.dropbox.com/s/vu9chd079ro6pck/fm3050%201.jl01-02%20FALL%20OF%20A%20KING%20.z50.docx?dl=0
FM.3.86 THE AINDAWA BROTHERS CONT.
सर्ग ३.८६
sarga 3.86
भानुर् उवाच ।
bhAnur uvAca |
कल्प.नाम्नि, महा.देव, ह्यस्तने दिवसे तव ।
kalpa.nAmni, mahA.deva, hyastane divase tava |
तले कैलास.शैलस्य जम्बू.द्वीप.एक.कोणके ॥३।८६।१।
tale kailAsa.zailasya jambU.dvIpa.eka.koNake ||3|86|1|
सुवर्ण.जट.नाम्ना यस् त्वत्.पुत्रैर् जनित.प्रजैः ।
suvarNa.jaTa.nAmnA ya:_tvat.putrai:_janita.prajai: |
मण्डलम् कल्पितम् श्रीमद्.अनल्प.सुख.सुन्दरम् ॥३।८६।२॥
maNDalam kalpitam zrImat.analpa.sukha.sundaram ||3|86|2||
तत्र_अभूद् अति.धर्म.आत्मा ब्राह्मणो ब्रह्मवित्.तमः ।
tatra_abhUt_ati.dharma.AtmA brAhmaNa:_brahmavit.tama: |
इन्दु.नाम.अतिशान्त.आत्मा कश्यपस्य कुल.उद्भवः ॥३।८६।३॥
indu.nAma.atizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula_udbhava: ||3|86|3||
तस्मिन् तदा निवसतो नित्यम् स्वजन.मण्डले ।
tasmin tadA nivasata:_nityam svajana.maNDale |
तस्य प्राण.समा भार्या काचित् तस्याम् महात्मनः ॥३।८६।४॥
tasya prANa.samA bhAryA kA.cit tasyAm mahAtmana: ||3|86|4||
न बभूव_आत्मजस् तस्य मरु.भूमौ तृणम् यथा ।
na babhUva_Atmaja:_tasya maru.bhUmau tRNam yathA |
न व्याराजत सा भार्या तस्य निष्फल.पुष्पिता ॥३।८६।५॥
na vi.arAjata sA bhAryA tasya niSphala.puSpitA ||3|86|5||
ऋज्वी गौरी सु.शुद्धा_अपि शून्या शरलता यथा ।
RjvI gaurI su.zuddhA_api zUnyA zaralatA yathA |
तौ ततो दंपती खिन्नौ पुत्र.अर्थम् तपसे गिरेः ॥३।८६।६॥
tau tata:_dampatI khinnau putra.artham tapase gire: ||3|86|6||
कैलासस्य_अंशम् आरूढौ रूढाव्_इव नव.द्रुमौ ।
kailAsasya_aMzam ArUDhau rUDhau_iva nava.drumau |
भूतैर् अनावृते शून्ये तस्मिन् कैलास.कुञ्जके ॥३।८६।७॥
bhUtai:_anAvRte zUnye tasmin kailAsa.kuJjake ||3|86|7||
तेपतुस् तौ तपो घोरम् जलाहारौ तरु.स्थिती ।
tepatu:_tau tapa:_ghoram jalAhArau taru.sthitI |
एकम् पानीय.चुलकम् पीत्वा दिवस.पर्यये ॥३।८६।८॥
ekam pAnIya.culakam pItvA divasa.paryaye ||3|86|8||
निस्पन्दम् उत्थितौ वार्क्षीम् वृत्तिम् आश्रित्य संस्थितौ ।
nispandam utthitau vArkSIm vRttim Azritya saMsthitau |
तस्थतुस् तौ तदा तत्र तावत्.कालम् तरु.व्रतौ ॥३।८६।९॥
tasthatu:_tau tadA tatra tAvat.kAlam taru.vratau ||3|86|9||
यावत् त्रेता द्वापरम् च युगे द्वे एव ते गते ।
yAvat tretA dvAparam ca yuge dve eva te gate |
ततस् तुष्टो ऽभवद् देवस्_तयोः शशि.कल.आधरः ॥३।८६।१०॥
tata:_tuSTa:_abhavat_deva:_tayo: zazi.kala.Adhara: ||3|86|10||
दिन.आतप.आतापितयोः_इन्दुः कुमुदयोः_इव ।
dina.Atapa.AtApitayo:_indu: kumudayo:_iva |
आजगाम तम् उद्देशम् यत्र तौ विप्र.दंपती ॥३।८६।११॥
AjagAma tam uddezam yatra tau vipra.daMpatI ||3|86|11||
स=लता.पादपम् देशम् पुष्प.आकर* इव_ईश्वरः ।
sa=latA.pAdapam dezam puSpa.Akara* iva_Izvara: |
दंपती तौ वृष.आरूढम् सोमम् सोम.अर्ध.शेखरम् ॥३।८६।१२॥
daMpatI tau vRSa.ArUDham somam soma.ardha.zekharam ||3|86|12||
फुल्ल.अननौ ददृशतुः कुमुदे शशिनम् यथा ।
phulla.ananau dadRzatu: kumude zazinam yathA |
तौ तम् प्रणेमतुर् देवम् तुषार.अमलम् ईश्वरम् ॥३।८६।१३॥
tau tam praNematu:_devam tuSAra.amalam Izvaram ||3|86|13||
द्याव्_आपृथिव्याव्_उदितम् परिपूर्णम् इव_उडुपम् ।
dyau_A.pRthivyau_uditam paripUrNam iva_uDupam |
तर्जयन्.पवनाधूत.नव.वृक्ष.अनन.स्वरम् ॥३।८६।१४॥
tarjayan.pavanAdhUta.nava.vRkSa.anana.svaram ||3|86|14||
मृदु.उद्याम.स्मित.स्पन्दि प्रोवाच_अथ वचः शिवः ।
mRdu.udyAma.smita.spandi provAca_atha vaca: ziva: |
विप्र* उवाच ।
Izvara* uvAca |
वरम् विप्र गृहाणा_आशु तुष्टो ऽस्मि तव वाञ्छितम् ॥३।८६।१५॥
varam vipra gRhANA_Azu tuSTa:_asmi tava vAJchitam ||3|86|15||
मधु.मास.रस.आक्रान्त.वृक्षवन् मुदितो भव ।
madhu.mAsa.rasa.AkrAnta.vRkSavan mudita:_bhava |
विप्र* उवाच ।
Izvara* uvAca |
भगवन्, देवदेव.ईश, दश पुत्रा* महाधियः ॥३।८६।१६॥
bhagavan, devadeva.Iza, daza putrA: mahAdhiya: ||3|86|16||
भव्या* भवन्तु मे भूयः शोको येन न बाधते ।
bhavyA* bhavantu me bhUya: zoka:_yena na bAdhate |
भानु:_उवाच ।
bhAnu:_uvAca |
अथ_एवम् अ stvx _इति प्रोच्य जगाम_अन्तर्धिम् ईश्वरः ॥३।८६।१७॥
atha_evam astu_iti procya jagAma_antardhim Izvara: ||3|86|17||
व्योम्नि वारि.निधिर् ह्रादम् कृत्वा_इव_ऊर्मि.महा.वपुः ।
vyomni vAri.nidhi:_hrAdam kRtvA_iva_Urmi.mahA.vapu: |
अतस् तौ दम्पती तुष्टौ शिव.लब्ध=वरौ गृहम् ॥३।८६।१८॥
ata:_tau dampatI tuSTau ziva.labdha=varau gRham ||3|86|18||
गतौ गीर्वाण.सदृशौ खम् इव_उमा.महेश्वरौ ।
gatau gIrvANa.sadRzau kham iva_umA.mahezvarau |
तत्र_असौ ब्राह्मणी गेहे बभूव_उदार.गर्भिणी ॥३।८६।१९॥
tatra_asau brAhmaNI gehe babhUva_udAra.garbhiNI ||3|86|19||
बभौ पूर्ण.उदरा श्यामा मेघ.लेखा_इव वारिणा ।
babhau pUrNa.udarA zyAmA megha.lekhA_iva vAriNA |
काले ऽथ सुषुवे पुत्रान् प्रतिपच्.चन्द्र.कोमलान् ॥३।८६।२०॥
kAle_atha suSuve putrAn pratipat.candra.komalAn ||3|86|20||
दश.बालान् ततो मुग्धान् वसुधा_इव नव.अङ्कुरान् ।
daza.bAlAn tata:_mugdhAn vasudhA_iva nava.aGkurAn |
कृत.ब्राह्मण.संस्कारा* वृद्धिम् ईयुर् महौजसः ॥३।८६।२१॥
kRta.brAhmaNa.saMskArA: vRddhim Iyu:_mahA.ojasa: ||3|86|21||
स्वल्पेन_एव हि कालेन प्रावृषा_इव नव.अम्बुदाः ।
svalpena_eva hi kAlena prAvRSA_iva nava.ambudA: |
ते सप्त.वर्ष.वयसो बभूवुर् ज्ञात.वाङ्.मयाः ॥३।८६।२२॥
te sapta.varSa.vayasa:_babhUvu:_jJAta.vAk.mayA: ||3|86|22||
विरेजुस् तेजसा तत्र नभसि_इव.अमला* ग्रहाः ।
vireju:_tejasA tatra nabhasi_iva.amalA: grahA: |
अथ कालेन महता तेषाम् तौ पितरौ तदा ॥३।८६।२३॥
atha kAlena mahatA teSAm tau pitarau tadA ||3|86|23||
संजग्मतुस् तनुम् त्यक्त्वा स्वाम् गतिम् गति.कोविदौ ।
saMjagmatu:_tanum tyaktvA svAm gatim gati.kovidau |
माता.पितृभ्याम् रहिता* दश ते ब्राह्मणास् ततः
॥३।८६।२४॥
mAtA.pitRbhyAm rahitA: daza te brAhmaNA:_tata: ||3|86|24||
ययुः कैलास.शिखरम् गृहम् संत्यज्य खेदिनः ।
yayu: kailAsa.zikharam gRham saMtyajya khedina: |
तत्र संचिन्तयाम्.आसुर् उद्विघ्नास् ते विबान्धवाः ॥३।८६।२५॥
tatra saMcintayAm.Asu:_udvignA:_te vibAndhavA: ||3|86|25||
किम् स्याद् इह परम् श्रेय* ऊचुश् च_इदम् परस्परम् ।
kIm syAt_iha param zreya* Ucu:_ca_idam parasparam |
किम् इह स्यात् समुचितम् भ्रातरः किम् अदुःखदम् ॥३।८६।२६॥
kim iha syAt samucitam bhrAtara: kim a.du:khadam ||3|86|26||
किम् महत्त्वम् किम् ऐश्वर्यम् किम् महा.विभवम् शुभम् ।
kim mahattvam kim aizvaryam kim mahA.vibhavam zubham |
किम् तद्_एतज्_जन.ऐश्वर्यम् साम न्तो_हि महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।२७॥
kim tat_etat_jana.aizvaryam sAmanta:_hi mahezvara: ||3|86|27||
सामन्त.सम्पत् किम् नाम राजानो हि महेश्वराः ।
sAmanta.sampat kim nAma rAjAna:_hi mahezvarA: |
का नाम सम्पद् भूपानाम् सम्राड् इह महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।२८॥
kA nAma sampat_bhUpAnAm samrAT_iha mahezvara: ||3|86|28||
किम् नाम तन् महेन्द्रत्वम् यन् मुहूर्तम् प्रजापतेः ।
kim nAma tat_mahendratvam yat_muhUrtam prajApate: |
विनश्यति न यत् कल्पे किम् स्यात् तद् इह शोभनम् ॥३।८६।२९॥
vinazyati na yat kalpe kim syAt tat_iha zobhanam ||3|86|29||
भाषमाणेष्व्_अथ_एतेषु ज्येष्टो भ्राता महामतिः ।
bhASamANeSu_atha_eteSu jyeSTa:_bhrAtA mahA.mati: |
गम्भीर.वाग् उवाच_इदम् मृग.यूथान् मृगो यथा ॥३।८६।३०॥
gambhIra.vAk_uvAca_idam mRga.yUthAn_mRga:_yathA ||3|86|30||
"ऐश्वर्यानाम् हि सर्वेषाम् आकल्पम् न विनाशि यत् ।
"aizvaryAnAm hi sarveSAm Akalpam na vinAzi yat |
रोचते भ्रातरस् तन् मे ब्रह्मत्वम् इह न_इतरम्" ॥३।८६।३१॥
rocate bhrAtara:_tat_me brahmatvam iha na_itaram" ||3|86|31||
एतद्_उक्तम् तद्.अखिला* द्विज.पुत्रास् त* उत्तमाः ।
etat_uktam tat.akhilA: dvija.putrA:_te uttamA: |
वचोभिर् ऐन्दवास् तत्र "साधु साध्व्"_इत्य_अपूजयन् ॥३।८६।३२॥
vacobhi:_aindavA:_tatra "sAdhu sAdhu"_iti_apUjayan ||3|86|32||
ऊचुश् च_इदम् कथम्, तात, सर्व.दुःख.उपम.अर्जनम् ।
Ucu:_ca_idam katham, tAta, sarva.du:kha.upama.arjanam |
पद्म.आसनम् जगत्.पूज्यम् विरिञ्चित्वम् अवाप्नुमः ॥३।८६।३३॥
padma.Asanam jagat.pUjyam viriJcitvam ava.Apnuma: ||3|86|33||
भ्रात्रा तेन पुनः प्रोक्ता* भ्रातरो भूति.तेजसः ।
bhrAtrA tena puna: proktA* bhrAtara:_bhUti.tejasa: |
मद्.उक्तम् सर्वम् एव_इमे भवन्तः पालयन्तु वै ॥३।८६।३४॥
mat.uktam sarvam eva_ime bhavanta: pAlayantu vai ||3|86|34||
पद्मासन.गतो भास्वान् ब्रह्मा_अहम् इति तेजसा ।
padmAsana.gata:_bhAsvAn brahmA_aham iti tejasA |
सृजामि संहरामि_इति ध्यानम् अस्तु चिराय वः ॥३।८६।३५॥
sRjAmi saMharAmi_iti dhyAnam astu cirAya va: ||3|86|35||
अग्रजेन_इति कथिते बाढम् कृत्वा त* उत्तमाः ।
agrajena_iti kathite bADham kRtvA te uttamA: |
ध्यान.अधीन.धियस् तस्तुः सह_एव ज्यायसा रसात् ॥३।८६।३६॥
dhyAna.adhIna.dhiya:_tastu: saha_eva jyAyasA rasAt ||3|86|36||
लिपि.कर्म.अर्पित.आकारा* ध्यान.असक्त.धियः_च ते ।
lipi.karma.arpita.AkArA: dhyAna.asakta.dhiya:_ca te |
अन्त.स्थेन_एव मनसा चिन्तयाम्.आसुर् आदृताः ॥३।८६।३७॥
anta.sthena_eva manasA cintayAm.Asu:_AdRtA: ||3|86|37||
अथ_उत्फुल्ल.कमल.कोश.वक्त्र.उन्नत.आसनः ।
atha_utphulla.kamala.koza.vaktra.unnata.Asana: |
ब्रह्मा_अहम् जगताम् स्रष्टा कर्ता भोक्ता महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।३८॥
brahmA_aham jagatAm sraSTA kartA bhoktA mahezvara: ||3|86|38||
यज्ञ.क्रिया.क्रमवतः साङ्ग.उपाङ्गा* महर्षयः ।
yajJa.kriyA.kramavata: sAGga.upAGgA: maharSaya: |
सरस्वत्या_अथ गायत्र्या युक्ता* वेदा* नरा* इमे ॥३।८६।३९॥
sarasvatyA_atha gAyatryA yuktA: vedA: narA: ime ||3|86|39||
लोकपाल.पराक्रान्तः संचरत्.सिद्ध.मण्डलः ।
lokapAla.parAkrAnta: saMcarat.siddha.maNDala: |
अयम् उद्याम.सौभाग्यः स्वर्गः स्वर.विभूषितः ॥३।८६।४०॥
ayam udyAma.saubhAgya: svarga: svara.vibhUSita: ||3|86|40||
पर्वत.द्वीप.जलधि.काननैः सम्.अलंकृतम् ।
parvata.dvIpa.jaladhi.kAnanai: sam.alaMkRtam |
इदम् भू.मण्डलम् चैव त्रिलोकी.कर्ण.कुण्दलम् ॥३।८६।४१॥
idam bhU.maNDalam ca_eva trilokI.karNa.kuNdalam ||3|86|41||
एतत् पाताल.कुहरम् दैत्य.दानव.भोजितम् ।
etat pAtAla.kuharam daitya.dAnava.bhojitam |
अमृतस् त्रीगण_आकीर्णम् गृहम् गगन.कोटरम् ॥३।८६।४२॥
amRta:_trIgaNa.AkIrNam gRham gagana.koTaram ||3|86|42||
अयम् इन्द्रो महाबाहुः प्रज.अलंकृत.द.उत्तमः ।
ayam indra:_mahAbAhu: praja.alaMkRta.da.uttama: |
त्रैलोक्य.नगरीम् एकः पाति पावन.यज्ञ.भुक् ॥३।८६।४३॥
trailokya.nagarIm eka: pAti pAvana.yajJa.bhuk ||3|86|43||
दीप्र.जाल.वरत्राभिर् अवष्टभ्य_अथ दिग्गणम् ।
dIpra.jAla.varatrAbhi:_avaSTabhya_atha dik.gaNam |
क्रमेण प्रतपन्त्य_एते भानवो भूरि.भानवः ॥३।८६।४४॥
krameNa pratapanti_ete bhAnava:_bhUri.bhAnava: ||3|86|44||
लोकपाला* इमे लोकम् रक्षन्ति शुद्ध.वृत्तयः ।
lokapAlA: ime lokam rakSanti zuddha.vRttaya: |
मर्यादाभिर् अतुच्छाभिर् गोपाला* गोगणम् यथा ॥३।८६।४५॥
maryAdAbhi:_a.tucchAbhi:_gopAlA: gogaNam yathA ||3|86|45||
उन्मज्जन्ति निमज्जन्ति प्रस्फुरन्ति पतन्ति च ।
unmajjanti nimajjanti prasphuranti patanti ca |
तरङ्गा* इव तोयानाम् इमाः प्रतिदिनम् प्रजाः ॥३।८६।४६॥
taraGgA: iva toyAnAm imA: pratidinam prajA: ||3|86|46||
सृजाम्य्_इमम् अहम् सर्गम् संहरामि तथा_आदृतः ।
sRjAmi_imam aham sargam saMharAmi tathA_AdRta: |
अयम् आत्मनि तिष्ठामि शाम्यामि भुवन.ईश्वरः ॥३।८६।४७॥
ayam Atmani tiSThAmi zAmyAmi bhuvana.Izvara: ||3|86|47||
अयम् संवत्सरो यात* इदम् परिणतम् युगम् ।
ayam saMvatsara:_yAta* idam pariNatam yugam |
सृष्टेर्_अयम् असौ कालः स्वयम् संहरणस्य च ॥३।८६।४८॥
sRSTe:_ayam asau kAla: svayam saMharaNasya ca ||3|86|48||
अयम् एव गतः कल्पो ब्राह्मी रात्रिर् इयम् तता ।
ayam eva gata: kalpa:_brAhmI rAtri:_iyam tatA |
अयम् आत्मनि तिष्ठामि पूर्ण.आत्मा परमेश्वरः ॥३।८६।४९॥
ayam Atmani tiSThAmi pUrNa.AtmA paramezvara: ||3|86|49||
इति भावितया बुद्ध्या ते द्विजा* अथ_ऐन्दवाः ।
iti bhAvitayA buddhyA te dvijA: atha_aindavA: |
दश.अद्रि.वृत्तयस् तस्तुः समुत्कीर्णा* इव_उपलात् ॥३।८६।५०॥
daza.adri.vRttaya:_tastu: sam.utkIrNA: iva_upalAt ||3|86|50||
अधिगत.कमल.आसन.क्र मास्ते
adhigata.kamala.Asana.kramA:_te
परिगलित.इतर.तुच्छ.वृत्ति.जालाः ।
parigalita.itara.tuccha.vRtti.jAlA: |
सततम् अतितराम् कुश.आसन.स्थाश्
satatam atitarAm kuza.Asana.sthA:_
चिरम् इति पङ्कज.कल्पने विरेजुः ॥३।८६।५१॥
ciram iti paGkaja.kalpane vireju: ||3|86|51||
॥
oॐm
FM.3.86
THE AINDAVA BROTHERS
THE SUN
said to Brahmâ the Immense
:
कल्प.नाम्नि, महा.देव, ह्यस्तने दिवसे तव ।
kalpa.nAmni, mahA.deva, hyastane divase tava |
तले कैलास.शैलस्य जम्बू.द्वीप.एक.कोणके ॥३।८६।१।
tale kailAsa.zailasya jambU.dvIpa.eka.koNake ||3|86|1|
सुवर्ण.जट.नाम्ना यस् त्वत्.पुत्रैर् जनित.प्रजैः ।
suvarNa.jaTa.nAmnA ya:_tvat.putrai:_janita.prajai: |
मण्डलम् कल्पितम् श्रीमद्.अनल्प.सुख.सुन्दरम् ॥३।८६।२॥
maNDalam kalpitam zrImat.analpa.sukha.sundaram ||3|86|2||
.
In some kalpa.Age
—one of your yesterdays, Great Divinity—
on a plain beside Mount.kailAsa in a corner of jambu.Land
there was
a man called suvarNa.jaTa
—for his hair had a golden.topknot—
who had settled there,
&
with his wife and children
he made
a rich city
that was not.a.little beautiful to see
.
kalpa.naam.ni, mahA.great.deva . in some kalpa.Age, Great Divinity . hyastana.yesterday/hesternal.e divase tava . on one of your yesterdays, Great Divinity = tala.e kailaasa.zaila.stony/mountain.sya jambuudviipa.eka.koNaka.e .
suvarNa.jaTa.nAmnA yas tvat.putra.i: janita.praja.i: maNDala.m kalpita.m zrImat.an.non.alpa.small/minute/little.sukha.good.space/pleasure.*sundara.beautiful/fair.m
.
kalpa.nAmni
deva
divase tava tale kailAsa
jambU.dvIpa.eka.koNake suvarNa.jaTa.nAmnA ya:_tvat.putrai:_janita.prajai: maNDalam kalpitam zrImat
.
*vlm.p.1. The Sun continued:.. It was, my lord, only the other day of one of your previous kalpas, and at the foot of a mountain, beside the tableland of Mount Kailash that stands in a corner of the continent of Asia,
*vlm.p.2 that there lived a man named Suvarnajata together with all his sons and their progeny, who had made that place a beautiful and pleasant home.
तत्र_अभूद् अति.धर्म.आत्मा ब्राह्मणो ब्रह्मवित्.तमः ।
tatra_abhUt_ati.dharma.AtmA brAhmaNa:_brahmavit.tama: |
इन्दु.नाम.अतिशान्त.आत्मा कश्यपस्य कुल.उद्भवः ॥३।८६।३॥
indu.nAma.atizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula.udbhava: ||3|86|3||
.
there too
dwelt a very righteous soul, a Brahmin of perfect brahmic knowledge
:
he was calledI Indu the Moon
on.account.of his peaceful soul
and he was in the line of the great Kashyapa*Blacktooth
.
tatra.there/then abhuut ati.dharma.Atma.self.a braahmaNa: brahmavit.tama: | indu.nAma.atizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula.udbhava:
.
tatra abhUt ati.dharma.AtmA brAhmaNa: brahmavit.tama: |
indu.nAma.atizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula.udbhava:
.
*vlm.p.3 Among them lived a brAhmaNa named Indu, a descendant of the patriarch Kasyapa, who was a saintly soul, virtuous and acquainted with divine knowledge.
Ø#tt.char. #kazyapa कश्यप Blacktooth was one of the Seven RShi.s,
along with #atri, #jamadagni, #bharadhvaja, #gautama,
and, of course #vasiSTha and #vizvAmitra.
तस्मिन् तदा निवसतो नित्यम् स्वजन.मण्डले ।
tasmin tadA nivasata:_nityam svajana.maNDale |
तस्य प्राण.समा भार्या काचित् तस्याम् महात्मनः ॥३।८६।४॥
tasya prANa.samA bhAryA kA.cit tasyAm mahAtmana: ||3|86|4||
न बभूव_आत्मजस् तस्य मरु.भूमौ तृणम् यथा ।
na babhUva_Atmaja:_tasya maru.bhUmau tRNam yathA |
न व्याराजत सा भार्या तस्य निष्फल.पुष्पिता ॥३।८६।५॥
na vi.arAjata sA bhAryA tasya niSphala.puSpitA ||3|86|5||
.
tasmin tadA nivasata:_ . nityam svajana.maNDale = tasya prANa.samA bhAryA . kA.cit tasyAm mahAtmana: = na babhUva_Atmaja:_tasya . maru.bhUmau tRNam yathA = na vi.arAjata sA bhAryA . tasya niSphala.puSpitA
.
there
(on that plain beside Mount.kailAsa in a corner of jambu.Land)
then
he made his permanent dwelling in his homeland
:
with a wife who was his second life
.
however,
for that Great Soul,
there was no self.born son,
as no grass grows in desert sand
his wife did not rejoice, barren of blossoms
.
*vlm.p.4 He resided in his house with all his relatives and passed his time agreeably in company with his wife, who was as dear to his heart as if his second self.
*vlm.p.5 But this virtuous couple had no children, as no grass grows in sterile soil, and the wife remained discontent at the unfruitfulness of her blossoming or seed.
ऋज्वी गौरी सु.शुद्धा_अपि शून्या शरलता यथा ।
RjvI gaurI su.zuddhA_api zUnyA zaralatA yathA |
तौ ततो दंपती खिन्नौ पुत्र.अर्थम् तपसे गिरेः ॥३।८६।६॥
tau tata:_dampatI khinnau putra.artham tapase gire: ||3|86|6||
.
RjvI gaurI su.zuddhA.api . zUnyA zaralatA yathA = tau tata:_daMpatI khinnau . putra.artham tapase gire:
.
however upright,
beautiful,
perfectly pure,
she was like desert grass
.
so
that distressed couple sought to get a child
thru practising tapas
on the mountain
.
*vlm.p.6 With all the purity and simplicity of their hearts, and the beauty and gracefulness of their persons and manners, they were as useless to the earth as the fair and straight stem of the pure rice plant without its stalk of grains. The unhappy couple left for the mountain in order to make their tapas for the blessing of children.
कैलासस्य_अंशम् आरूढौ रूढाव्_इव नव.द्रुमौ ।
kailAsasya_aMzam ArUDhau rUDhau_iva nava.drumau |
भूतैर् अनावृते शून्ये तस्मिन् कैलास.कुञ्जके ॥३।८६।७॥
bhUtai:_anAvRte zUnye tasmin kailAsa.kuJjake ||3|86|7||
.
they climbed to a place on Mount.kailAsa
and stood there
like two saplings
in a barren place
there
in the kailAsa woods
.
kailAsasya_aMzam ArUDhau . rUDhau_iva nava.drumau = bhUtai:_anAvRte zUnye . tasmin kailAsa.kuJjake .
.
*vlm.p.7 They ascended Mount Kailash, which lacked any shade from shade trees and was uninhabited by living beings. There they stood fixed on one side, like a couple of trees in a barren desert.
तेपतुस् तौ तपो घोरम् जलाहारौ तरु.स्थिती ।
tepatu:_tau tapa:_ghoram jalAhArau taru.sthitI |
एकम् पानीय.चुलकम् पीत्वा दिवस.पर्यये ॥३।८६।८॥
ekam pAnIya.culakam pItvA divasa.paryaye ||3|86|8||
.
tepatu:_tau tapa:_ghoram . jalAhArau taru.sthitI = ekam pAnIya.culakam .
pItvA divasa.paryaye
.
those two made tapas
—
fierce tapas
.
they
stood
still
like root.sipping trees,
scooping a single handful of water
drunk
at the edge of day
.
*vlm.p.8 They remained in their austere tapas, subsisting upon liquid food which also supported the trees. At the close of the day, and from the hollow of their palms they drank only a sip of water from a neighboring cascade.
निस्पन्दम् उत्थितौ वार्क्षीम् वृत्तिम् आश्रित्य संस्थितौ ।
nispandam utthitau vArkSIm vRttim Azritya saMsthitau |
तस्थतुस् तौ तदा तत्र तावत्.कालम् तरु.व्रतौ ॥३।८६।९॥
tasthatu:_tau tadA tatra tAvat.kAlam taru.vratau ||3|86|9||
.
nispandam utthitau vArkSIm . vRttim Azritya saMsthitau = tasthatu:_tau tadA tatra . tAvat.kAlam taru.vratau
.
unmoving
they stood
having taken the form of two trees
.
there
they
stood
then
for
enough time to satisfy their vow
.
*vlm.p.9 They remained standing and unmoved as immovable trees, and continued long in that posture, in the manner of an erect wood in heat and cold.
यावत् त्रेता द्वापरम् च युगे द्वे एव ते गते ।
yAvat tretA dvAparam ca yuge dve eva te gate |
ततस् तुष्टो ऽभवद् देवस्_तयोः शशि.कल.आधरः ॥३।८६।१०॥
tata:_tuSTa:_abhavat_deva:_tayo: zazi.kala.Adhara: ||3|86|10||
.
yAvat tretA dvAparam ca . yuge dve eva te gate = tata:_tuSTa:_abhavat_deva: . tayo: zazi.kala.Adhara:
.
thru two Ages, tretA and dvApara, they passed
&
a God
was satisfied by them
—
the God who wears the crescent moon
...
*vlm.p.10 In this manner they passed two ages before their meditation met with the approval of the god who bears the crescent of the moon on his forehead (Shiva).
#tretA .f. a triad, the three sacred fires, the die or side of the die marked with three points; the second Yuga or silver age of the world +
#dvApara . m. n. the side of a die which is marked with two spots • the Die personified • "the age with the number two" N. of the 3rd of the 4 Yugas or ages of the world (comprising 2400 years +
#yuga – n. a yoke, team, a pair, couple • with #mAnuSa or #manuSya, a race of men, generation (exceptionally m.) •• an age of the world, long mundane period of years (of which there are four, viz. 1. #kRta or #satya, 2. #tretA, 3. #dvApara, 4. #kali, of which the first three have already elapsed, while the Kali.yuga, which began at midnight between the 17th and 18th of Feb. 3102 B.C. [O. S.], is that in which we live; the duration of each is said to be respectively 1,728,000; 1,296,000;, 864,000, and 432,000 years of men, the descending numbers representing a similar physical and moral deterioration of men in each age; the four Yugas comprise an aggregate of 4,320,000 years and constitute a "great Yuga" or #mahAyuga +
दिन.आतप.आतापितयोः_इन्दुः कुमुदयोः_इव ।
dina.Atapa.AtApitayo:_indu: kumudayo:_iva |
आजगाम तम् उद्देशम् यत्र तौ विप्र.दंपती ॥३।८६।११॥
AjagAma tam uddezam yatra tau vipra.daMpatI ||3|86|11||
.
...
dina.Atapa.AtApitayo: . indu: kumudayo:_iva = AjagAma tam uddezam . yatra tau vipra.daMpatI
.
approached that place
where the brAhmaNa couple stood,
daily burned by the fiery heat
.
he
was like the moon
cooling two lilies
.
*vlm.p.11 The god with the cooling moonbeams on his forehead advanced towards the parched pair, like when the moon casts her dewy light on trees and lotuses dried and scorched under the burning sunbeams of a summer day.
स=लता.पादपम् देशम् पुष्प.आकर* इव_ईश्वरः ।
sa=latA.pAdapam dezam puSpa.Akara* iva_Izvara: |
दंपती तौ वृष.आरूढम् सोमम् सोम.अर्ध.शेखरम् ॥३।८६।१२॥
daMpatI tau vRSa.ArUDham somam soma.ardha.zekharam ||3|86|12||
.
sa=latA.pAdapam dezam . puSpa.Akara* iva_Izvara: = daMpatI tau vRSa.ArUDham . somam soma.ardha.zekharam
.
he came as flowery springtime comes
to a bower of trees and vines,
Lord Ishvara bannered with the moon,
and his umA,
a couple mounted on a bull
.
*vlm.p.12 The god appeared to them mounted on his milk.white bull, and clasping the fair Uma (Goddess Parvati) on his left, and holding the beaming moon on his head, like spring season approaches green shrubs strewing flowers upon them.
फुल्ल.अननौ ददृशतुः कुमुदे शशिनम् यथा ।
phulla.ananau dadRzatu: kumude zazinam yathA |
तौ तम् प्रणेमतुर् देवम् तुषार.अमलम् ईश्वरम् ॥३।८६।१३॥
tau tam praNematu:_devam tuSAra.amalam Izvaram ||3|86|13||
.
they looked.upon those deities,
two bright faces,
in the way that lotuses behold the moon
.
they bowed before that God, the Lord of the pure snow
.
phulla.ananau dadRzatu: . kumude zazinam yathA = tau tam praNematu:_devam . tuSAra.amalam Izvaram
.
*vlm.p.13. The couple’s faces and eyes brightened as they saw the god, just like lotuses hail the appearance of the beautiful moon. They bowed down to the god of the silvery crescent and snow.white face.
द्याव्_आपृथिव्याव्_उदितम् परिपूर्णम् इव_उडुपम् ।
dyau_A.pRthivyau_uditam paripUrNam iva_uDupam |
तर्जयन्.पवनाधूत.नव.वृक्ष.अनन.स्वरम् ॥३।८६।१४॥
tarjayan.pavanAdhUta.nava.vRkSa.anana.svaram ||3|86|14||
मृदु.उद्याम.स्मित.स्पन्दि प्रोवाच_अथ वचः शिवः ।
mRdu.udyAma.smita.spandi provAca_atha vaca: ziva: |
.
it rose from earth to heaven,
like the full moon among the stars,
a voice
that filled their faces with fear and wonder
.
and these are the words that shiva spoke
:
*vlm.p.14 Then the god rising to their view like the full moon, and appearing in the midst of the heaven and earth, spoke smilingly to them in a gentle and audible voice. The breath of that voice refreshed them like the breath of spring revives the faded plants of a forest.
LORD ISHVARA—
वरम् विप्र गृहाणा_आशु तुष्टो ऽस्मि तव वाञ्छितम् ॥३।८६।१५॥
varam vipra gRhANA_Azu tuSTa:_asmi tava vAJchitam ||3|86|15||
मधु.मास.रस.आक्रान्त.वृक्षवन् मुदितो भव ।
madhu.mAsa.rasa.AkrAnta.vRkSavan mudita:_bhava |
.
varam vipra gRhANA_Azu . tuSTa:_asmi tava vAJchitam = madhu.mAsa.rasa.AkrAnta.vRkSavan . mudita:_bhava
.
take this boon at.once,
learnèd man,
I
am satisfied,
you
have your wish
.
we're like two trees at the coming of the spring
.
THE VIPRA.SEER said—
भगवन्, देवदेव.ईश, दश पुत्रा* महाधियः ॥३।८६।१६॥
bhagavan, devadeva.Iza, daza putrA: mahAdhiya: ||3|86|16||
भव्या* भवन्तु मे भूयः शोको येन न बाधते ।
bhavyA* bhavantu me bhUya: zoka:_yena na bAdhate |
.
Lord,
God of the Gods,
by your grace let there be for me
ten sons
of great intelligence
&
let grief no longer trouble me
.
bhagavan, devadeva.Iza, daza putrA: mahAdhiya: = bhavyA* bhavantu me bhUya: zoka:_yena na bAdhate
.
*vlm.p.16 The brAhmaNa replied, "O Lord of gods, please favor me with ten intelligent male children. Let these be born of me to dispel all my sorrows."
then THE SUN declared—
अथ_एवम् अ stvx _इति प्रोच्य जगाम_अन्तर्धिम् ईश्वरः ॥३।८६।१७॥
atha_evam astu_iti procya jagAma_antardhim Izvara: ||3|86|17||
व्योम्नि वारि.निधिर् ह्रादम् कृत्वा_इव_ऊर्मि.महा.वपुः ।
vyomni vAri.nidhi:_hrAdam kRtvA_iva_Urmi.mahA.vapu: |
अतस् तौ दम्पती तुष्टौ शिव.लब्ध=वरौ गृहम् ॥३।८६।१८॥
ata:_tau dampatI tuSTau ziva.labdha=varau gRham ||3|86|18||
.
atha_evam astu_iti procya .
jagAma_antardhim Izvara: .
vyomni vAri.nidhi:_hrAdam .
kRtvA_iva_Urmi.mahA.vapu: =
ata:_tau dampatI tuSTau .
ziva.labdha=varau gRham
.
"So let it be!"
&
so having said,
Lord Ishvara went to
antardhi.Innerspace
as
in the sky
river.water joins the ocean's great body of waves
.
&
so
too
the pair
satisfied
granted their boon by shiva,
went home
.
*vlm.p.17 The Sun continued:—The god said, "Be it so,"and then disappeared into the air. His great body passed through the ethereal path with a tremendous roar of thunder like the surge of the seas.
*vlm.p.18 Then the brAhmaNa couple returned to their home with gladness in their hearts. They appeared like the reflections of the two gods Shiva and Uma.
गतौ गीर्वाण.सदृशौ खम् इव_उमा.महेश्वरौ ।
gatau gIrvANa.sadRzau kham iva_umA.mahezvarau |
तत्र_असौ ब्राह्मणी गेहे बभूव_उदार.गर्भिणी ॥३।८६।१९॥
tatra_asau brAhmaNI gehe babhUva_udAra.garbhiNI ||3|86|19||
.
gatau gIrvANa.sadRzau . kham iva_umA.mahezvarau = tatra_asau brAhmaNI gehe . babhUva_udAra.garbhiNI
.
when umA and the great Ishvara
had entered the sky,
gone to their own heavenly space,
there
in her home
this brAhmaNI
felt a fulness in her womb
.
*vlm.p.19 After returning, the brahmani became big with child from the blessing she received from her god Shiva.
बभौ पूर्ण.उदरा श्यामा मेघ.लेखा_इव वारिणा ।
babhau pUrNa.udarA zyAmA megha.lekhA_iva vAriNA |
काले ऽथ सुषुवे पुत्रान् प्रतिपच्.चन्द्र.कोमलान् ॥३।८६।२०॥
kAle_atha suSuve putrAn pratipat.candra.komalAn ||3|86|20||
.
her
womb
grew
full
—an empty cloud filling before its burst—
&
so
in time
she gave birth to sons who were fresh and lovely as ten new moons
.
she babhau.became. pUrNa.full.udara.x.A zyAma.x.A . megha.cloud.lekha.x.A iva.like/as.if . by/with vAri.x.NA = kAle.in.time. atha.and.so she . suSuve.bore/delivered a . putra.son/child.An . pratipat.x.candra.x.komala.x.An
.
*vlm.p.20 In her pregnant state, she looked like a thick cloud heavy with rainwater. In proper time she and brought forth a boy as beautiful as the digit of the new moon.
दश.बालान् ततो मुग्धान् वसुधा_इव नव.अङ्कुरान् ।
daza.bAlAn tata:_mugdhAn vasudhA_iva nava.aGkurAn |
कृत.ब्राह्मण.संस्कारा* वृद्धिम् ईयुर् महौजसः ॥३।८६।२१॥
kRta.brAhmaNa.saMskArA: vRddhim Iyu:_mahA.ojasa: ||3|86|21||
.
daza.x.bAla.x.An tata:.therefore/from.that. mugdha.x.An . vasudhA.xx . iva.like/as.if . nava.new/young. aGkura.shoot/sprout.An = kRta.x.brAhmaNa.x.saMskAra.x.A . vRddhi.x.m Iyu:.x. mahA.x.ojas.x.a:
.
she
gave birth
to ten pretty boys
just.as the earth gives birth
to new shoots
&
they began
their long passage from birth to full maturity
.
*vlm.p.21 In this way she bore ten sons in succession, each as handsome as the tender sprouts of plants. They grew up in strength and stature, and were invested with the sacramental thread.
स्वल्पेन_एव हि कालेन प्रावृषा_इव नव.अम्बुदाः ।
svalpena_eva hi kAlena prAvRSA_iva nava.ambudA: |
ते सप्त.वर्ष.वयसो बभूवुर् ज्ञात.वाङ्.मयाः ॥३।८६।२२॥
te sapta.varSa.vayasa:_babhUvu:_jJAta.vAk.mayA: ||3|86|22||
.
svalpena_eva hi kAlena . prAvRSA_iva nava.ambudA: = te sapta.varSa.vayasa:_ . babhUvu:_jJAta.vAk.mayA: .
.
by the time seven years had passed
they knew their language,
and they spoke like little thunder.clouds in the time of rain
.
hearing his words, then, all of those worthy twiceborn sons of indu
gave praise
:
"Excellent, excellent!"
they cried
.
*vlm.p.22 In course of a short time, they attained their boyhood and became conversant in the language of the gods (Sanskrit), like the mute clouds become loud in the rainy season.
विरेजुस् तेजसा तत्र नभसि_इव.अमला* ग्रहाः ।
vireju:_tejasA tatra nabhasi_iva.amalA: grahA: |
अथ कालेन
महता तेषाम् तौ पितरौ तदा ॥३।८६।२३॥
atha kAlena mahatA teSAm tau pitarau tadA ||3|86|23||
संजग्मतुस् तनुम् त्यक्त्वा स्वाम् गतिम् गति.कोविदौ ।
saMjagmatu:_tanum tyaktvA svAm gatim gati.kovidau |
माता.पितृभ्याम्
रहिता* दश ते ब्राह्मणास् ततः ॥३।८६।२४॥
mAtA.pitRbhyAm rahitA: daza te brAhmaNA:_tata: ||3|86|24||
.
they
shone there
a constellation in the sky
.
but
then
after a long time had gone.by
both their parents
went far away
forsaking their bodies
to follow their own path
—
learning their path
deprived of mother & faher
those ten brAhmaNas
then
vireju:_tejasA tatra nabhasi_iva.amalA grahA: = atha kAlena mahatA teSAm tau pitarau tadA = saMjagmatu:_tanum tyaktvA svAm gatim gati.kovidau = mAtA.pitRbhyAm rahitA* daza te brAhmaNA:_tata:
.
*vlm.p.23 They shone in their circle with the luster of their bodies, as the resplendent orbs of the sky burn and turn about in their spheres.
*vlm.p.24 In time these youths lost both parents who passed off their mortal coils to go to their last abode.
ययुः कैलास.शिखरम् गृहम् संत्यज्य खेदिनः ।
yayu: kailAsa.zikharam gRham saMtyajya khedina: |
तत्र संचिन्तयाम्.आसुर् उद्विघ्नास् ते विबान्धवाः ॥३।८६।२५॥
tatra saMcintayAm.Asu:_udvignA:_te vibAndhavA: ||3|86|25||
.
they yayu:.came/went.to . kailAsa.Mt.Kailâsa.zikhara.peak/summit.m
. gRha.house/home.m saMtyajya.x. khedi.x.na: = tatra.there/then
..there/then . saMcint.x.ayAm.Asu: . udvigna.x.A:_te.they/thee.
vibAndhu.x.avA:
.
the ten brAhmaNa.s
thereupon
went to the very peak of kailAsa
:
sorrowing
they forsook their home and gave themselves to grief,
ten mourning orphans
.
*vlm.p.25 Losing both parents, the ten brAhmaNa lads left their home in grief and went to the top of Mount Kailash to pass their helpless lives in mourning.
किम् स्याद् इह परम् श्रेय* ऊचुश् च_इदम् परस्परम् ।
kIm syAt_iha param zreya* Ucu:_ca_idam parasparam |
किम् इह स्यात् समुचितम् भ्रातरः किम् अदुःखदम् ॥३।८६।२६॥
kim iha syAt samucitam bhrAtara: kim a.du:khadam ||3|86|26||
.
kim.?? . syAt iha param zreyaH . UcuH. ca idam paraspara.x.m = kim iha syAt samucita.x.m . bhrAtar.x.a: kim.?? . a..not/without.du:.bad.kha.Ur.space/sky.da.giving.m
.
"Here in this world,
what would be
for us
our highest good?"
.
*vlm.p.26 Here they discussed what would be best for them, and what would be the right course to take to avoid the troubles and miseries of life.
(the Brothers asked each.other questions such as this)—
what
is the proper thing to do
?
what
does not bring us unto grief
?
किम् महत्त्वम् किम् ऐश्वर्यम् किम् महा.विभवम् शुभम् ।
kim mahattvam kim aizvaryam kim mahA.vibhavam zubham |
किम् तद्_एतज्_जन.ऐश्वर्यम्
साम न्तो_हि महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।२७॥
kim tat_etat_jana.aizvaryam sAmanta:_hi mahezvara: ||3|86|27||
सामन्त.सम्पत् किम् नाम राजानो हि महेश्वराः ।
sAmanta.sampat kim nAma rAjAna:_hi mahezvarA: |
का नाम सम्पद् भूपानाम् सम्राड् इह महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।२८॥
kA nAma sampat_bhUpAnAm samrAT_iha mahezvara: ||3|86|28||
.
kim.?? . mahattva.magnanimity.m kim.?? . aizvarya.Lordship.m kim.?? . mahA.great.vibhava.x.m zubha.x.m = kim tat etat jana.x.aizvarya.x.m sAmanta.x.: hi mahezvara.x.: = sAmanta.x.sampat.x. kim nAma rAjAna:.x. hi mahezvara.x.A: . kA:.x. nAma sampat.x. bhUpa.x.AnAm samrAT.x. iha mahezvara.x.:
.
is it greatness
?
is it Lordship
?
is it perfect Majesty
?
is it lordship over the people, leading them like the Lord
?
what good is all the wealth of kings
and who cares
who're
the Overlords of all these wealthy Earth.Lords
?
and what use are their powers
?
*vlm.p.27 They talked with one another on such topics as what was the best good of humanity in this world of mortality, and many other subjects, such as:
*vlm.p.28 What is true greatness, best riches and affluence, and the highest good of humankind? What is the good of great power, possessions, being chief, or even the gain of a kingdom? What forms the true dignity of kings and the high majesty of emperors?
#vibhava, *wi.bhava . mfn. powerful, rich MBh. iii, 802 • m. being everywhere, omnipresence • development, evolution (with Vaishnavas "the evolution of the Supreme Being into secondary forms") Sarvad. • power, greatness, dominion R.&c. (ifc. with loc., "one whose power consists in" Gi1t.); influence upon (loc.) . (also pl.) wealth, property, fortune MBh.&c. • luxury, anything sumptuary or superfluous Hcar. • emancipation from existence • destruction (of the world) Buddh. •.• *vibhava.kSaya .m.. loss of fortune or property • *vibhavata: .ind.. according to rank or fortune or dignity • *vibhava.mada .m.. the pride of power • #vibhavamat .mfn.. possessed of power, wealthy +
किम् नाम तन् महेन्द्रत्वम् यन् मुहूर्तम् प्रजापतेः ।
kim nAma tat_mahendratvam yat_muhUrtam prajApate: |
विनश्यति न यत् कल्पे किम् स्यात् तद् इह शोभनम् ॥३।८६।२९॥
vinazyati na yat kalpe kim syAt tat_iha zobhanam ||3|86|29||
.
kim nAma tat_mahendratvam . yat_muhUrtam prajApate: = vinazyati na yat kalpe . kim syAt tat_iha zobhanam
.
even the state of great indra is
only an hour of the Grandfather's time
!
not to be destroyed
—till Doomsday—
you call that Glory
?
*vlm.p.29 What avails the rule of the great indra, which is lost in one moment (of brahma). What endures a whole kalpa and must be the best good as the most lasting?
भाषमाणेष्व्_अथ_एतेषु ज्येष्टो भ्राता महामतिः ।
bhASamANeSu_atha_eteSu jyeSTa:_bhrAtA mahA.mati: |
गम्भीर.वाग् उवाच_इदम् मृग.यूथान् मृगो यथा ॥३।८६।३०॥
gambhIra.vAk_uvAca_idam mRga.yUthAn_mRga:_yathA ||3|86|30||
.
bhASamANeSu_atha_eteSu . jyeSTa:_bhrAtA mahA.mati: = gambhIra.vAk_uvAca_idam . mRga.yUthAn_mRga:_yathA
.
then
after all their talking,
their thoughtful big brother spoke to them,
his sonorous voice deep as a stag's governing a herd of ewes
:
*vlm.p.30 As they were talking in this manner, they were interrupted by the eldest brother, with a voice as grave as that of the leader of a herd of deer to the attentive herd.
"ऐश्वर्यानाम् हि सर्वेषाम् आकल्पम् न विनाशि यत् ।
"aizvaryAnAm hi sarveSAm Akalpam na vinAzi yat |
रोचते भ्रातरस् तन् मे ब्रह्मत्वम् इह न_इतरम्" ॥३।८६।३१॥
rocate bhrAtara:_tat_me brahmatvam iha na_itaram" ||3|86|31||
.
"aizvaryAnAm hi sarveSAm Akalpam .
na vinAzi yat =
rocate bhrAtara:_tat_me .
brahmatvam iha na.itaram"
.
"To be the unconquerable Lord of all,
brothers,
that is what seems to me better than anything
—
to be a brahmA in this world."
*vlm.p.31 "Of all kinds of riches and dignities, there is one thing that endures for a whole kalpa and is never destroyed. This is the state of brahma, which I prize above all others."
एतद्_उक्तम् तद्.अखिला* द्विज.पुत्रास् त* उत्तमाः ।
etat_uktam tat.akhilA: dvija.putrA:_te uttamA: |
वचोभिर् ऐन्दवास् तत्र "साधु साध्व्"_इत्य_अपूजयन् ॥३।८६।३२॥
vacobhi:_aindavA:_tatra "sAdhu sAdhu"_iti_apUjayan ||3|86|32||
.
etat_uktam tat.akhilA* . dvija.putrA:_ta* uttamA: = vacobhi:_aindavA:_tatra . "sAdhu sAdhu"_iti_apUjayan
.
hearing his words,
then all of those worthy twiceborn Aindava sons gave praise:
"Excellent, excellent!"
.
*vlm.p.32 Hearing this, all the good sons of Indu exclaimed in one voice, "Ah! Well said"Then they honored the eldest with kind speeches.
ऊचुश् च_इदम् कथम्, तात, सर्व.दुःख.उपम.अर्जनम् ।
Ucu:_ca_idam katham, tAta, sarva.du:kha.upama.arjanam |
पद्म.आसनम् जगत्.पूज्यम् विरिञ्चित्वम् अवाप्नुमः ॥३।८६।३३॥
padma.Asanam jagat.pUjyam viriJcitvam ava.Apnuma: ||3|86|33||
.
Ucu:_ca_idam katham, . tAta, . sarva.du:kha.upama.arjanam = padma.Asanam jagat.pUjyam . viriJcitvam ava.Apnuma:
.
"But how, brother,"
they asked,
"how do
we get to this state of virinchi.brahma,
seated on a lotus,
with every sorrow washed.away, worthy of worship in this world?"
*vlm.p.33 They said, "How, O brother, is it possible for us to attain to the state of brahma, who is seated on his seat of lotuses, and is adored by all in this world?"
भ्रात्रा तेन पुनः प्रोक्ता* भ्रातरो भूति.तेजसः ।
bhrAtrA tena puna: proktA* bhrAtara:_bhUti.tejasa: |
मद्.उक्तम् सर्वम् एव_इमे भवन्तः पालयन्तु वै ॥३।८६।३४॥
mat.uktam sarvam eva_ime bhavanta: pAlayantu vai ||3|86|34||
.
bhrAtrA tena puna: proktA* . bhrAtaro bhUti.tejasa: = mat.uktam sarvam eva_ime . bhavanta: pAlayantu vai
.
big brother had this to say to that
:
"Gentlemen,
you should do just what I tell you
:
*vlm.p.34 The eldest then replied to his younger brothers saying, "O you my worthy brothers, do as I say and you will be successful.
पद्मासन.गतो भास्वान् ब्रह्मा_अहम् इति तेजसा ।
padmAsana.gata:_bhAsvAn brahmA_aham iti tejasA |
सृजामि संहरामि_इति ध्यानम् अस्तु चिराय वः ॥३।८६।३५॥
sRjAmi saMharAmi_iti dhyAnam astu cirAya va: ||3|86|35||
.
padmAsana.gata:_bhAsvAn . brahmA_aham iti tejasA = sRjAmi saMharAmi_iti . dhyAnam astu cirAya va:
.
'I am
the lotus.seated luminous brahmA'
—
with this light let your meditation shine
:
and
'I project this world, and end it too,'
—
meditate in this way for a long time.
*vlm.p.35 Sit in lotus posture and think yourselves to be the bright brahma, full of his brilliance and possessing the powers of creation and annihilation in yourselves."
अग्रजेन_इति कथिते बाढम् कृत्वा त* उत्तमाः ।
agrajena_iti kathite bADham kRtvA te uttamA: |
ध्यान.अधीन.धियस् तस्तुः सह_एव ज्यायसा रसात् ॥३।८६।३६॥
dhyAna.adhIna.dhiya:_tastu: saha_eva jyAyasA rasAt ||3|86|36||
.
agrajena_iti kathite . bADham kRtvA ta* uttamA: = dhyAna.adhIna.dhiya:_tastu: . saha_eva jyAyasA rasAt
.
the firstborn having spoken thus,
the rest gave their assent;
and then they joined their thoughts in dhyAna.Meditation
attentive to their Elder
.
*vlm.p.36 Being instructed in this manner by the eldest brother, the younger brothers responded saying, "Amen."With gladness in their hearts, they sat in meditation together with the eldest brother.
लिपि.कर्म.अर्पित.आकारा* ध्यान.असक्त.धियः_च ते ।
lipi.karma.arpita.AkArA: dhyAna.asakta.dhiya:_ca te |
अन्त.स्थेन_एव मनसा चिन्तयाम्.आसुर् आदृताः ॥३।८६।३७॥
anta.sthena_eva manasA cintayAm.Asu:_AdRtA: ||3|86|37||
.
lipi.karma.arpita.AkArA . dhyAna.asakta.dhiya:_ca te = anta.sthena_eva manasA . cintayAm.Asu:_AdRtA:
.
their forms were like painted pictures,
their thoughts detached thru dhyAna.Meditation,
with manas.Mind seated within,
attentively they thought
:
*vlm.p.37 They remained in their meditative mood like the still images in a painting. Their minds were concentrated in the inmost brahma, whom they adored and thought upon, thinking,
अथ_उत्फुल्ल.कमल.कोश.वक्त्र.उन्नत.आसनः ।
atha_utphulla.kamala.koza.vaktra.unnata.Asana: |
ब्रह्मा_अहम् जगताम् स्रष्टा कर्ता भोक्ता महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।३८॥
brahmA_aham jagatAm sraSTA kartA bhoktA mahezvara: ||3|86|38||
.
atha_ .
utphulla.kamala.koza.vaktra.unnata.Asana: =
brahmA_aham jagatAm sraSTA .
kartA bhoktA mahezvara:
.
"now
here
I sit
on the pericarp of a full blown lotus,
and find myself
as brahmA the Immense
the great God,
the creator and sustainer of the universe..vlm.
*vlm.p.38 "Here I sit on the middle of a full blown lotus, and find myself as brahma, the great god, the creator and sustainer of the universe.
यज्ञ.क्रिया.क्रमवतः साङ्ग.उपाङ्गा* महर्षयः ।
yajJa.kriyA.kramavata: sAGga.upAGgA: maharSaya: |
सरस्वत्या_अथ गायत्र्या युक्ता* वेदा* नरा* इमे ॥३।८६।३९॥
sarasvatyA_atha gAyatryA yuktA: vedA: narA: ime ||3|86|39||
.
yajJa.x.kriyA.x.krama.x.vata: . sAGga.x.upAGga.x.A* maharSi.x.aya: =
sarasvatI.x.yA_atha.and.so . gAyatri.x.yA . yukta.x.A* veda.x.A* nara.x.A* ime.these.ones
.
"The Orders of Worshipful Works,
their branches and schools,
and Great RShi.s
with sarasvatI the Riverine
also gAyatrI
together
joined
known
and human
are all these
.
*vlm.39. I find in me the whole ritual of sacrificial rites, the Vedas with their branches and supplements and the Rishis; I view in me the Sarasvati and Gáyatri mantras of the Veda, and all the Gods and men situated in me.
लोकपाल.पराक्रान्तः संचरत्.सिद्ध.मण्डलः ।
lokapAla.parAkrAnta: saMcarat.siddha.maNDala: |
अयम् उद्याम.सौभाग्यः स्वर्गः स्वर.विभूषितः ॥३।८६।४०॥
ayam udyAma.saubhAgya: svarga: svara.vibhUSita: ||3|86|40||
.
lokapAla.parAkrAnta: . saMcarat.siddha.maNDala: = ayam udyAma.saubhAgya: .
svarga: svara.vibhUSita:
.
"As the fruit of my striving
for as long as the tretA and dvApara Ages put.together
I wander
thru the harmonious heavenly siddha.Sphere.
*vlm.p.40 I see in me the spheres of the regents, of the world, and the circles of the spiritual masters revolving about me, with the spacious heaven bespangled with the stars.
http://taicarmen.files.wordpress.com/2011/05/earth.from.space.1.jpg
पर्वत.द्वीप.जलधि.काननैः सम्.अलंकृतम् ।
parvata.dvIpa.jaladhi.kAnanai: sam.alaMkRtam |
इदम् भू.मण्डलम् चैव त्रिलोकी.कर्ण.कुण्दलम् ॥३।८६।४१॥
idam bhU.maNDalam ca_eva trilokI.karNa.kuNdalam ||3|86|41||
.
parvata.dvIpa.jaladhi.kAnanai: . sam.alaMkRtam = idam bhU.maNDalam ca_eva .
trilokI.karNa.kuNdalam
.
"This Earth,
embossed with mountains, seas, forests, and continents,
hangs like an earring on the universe.
*vlm.p.41 I see this globe of land and water decorated with all its oceans and continents, its mountains and islands, hanging like an earring in the material system."
एतत् पाताल.कुहरम् दैत्य.दानव.भोजितम् ।
etat pAtAla.kuharam daitya.dAnava.bhojitam |
अमृतस् त्रीगण_आकीर्णम् गृहम् गगन.कोटरम् ॥३।८६।४२॥
amRta:_trIgaNa.AkIrNam gRham gagana.koTaram ||3|86|42||
.
etat pAtAla.kuharam . daitya.dAnava.bhojitam = amRta:_trIgaNa.AkIrNam . gRham gagana.koTaram
.
"This
is pAtAla.kuhara,
the Cave of Hell,
with its demon daityas and dAnavas.
*vlm.p.42 Within myself I have the hollow of the infernal world, with its demons, and serpents. I have the cavity of the sky in myself, containing the homes and maidens of the immortals.
+
"My home is a sky.cave,
with a crowd of pretty girls.
vlm. ... I have the cavity of the sky in myself, containing the habitations and damsels of the immortals.
अयम् इन्द्रो महाबाहुः प्रज.अलंकृत.द.उत्तमः ।
ayam indra:_mahAbAhu: praja.alaMkRta.da.uttama: |
त्रैलोक्य.नगरीम् एकः पाति पावन.यज्ञ.भुक् ॥३।८६।४३॥
trailokya.nagarIm eka: pAti pAvana.yajJa.bhuk ||3|86|43||
.
ayam indra:_mahAbAhu: . praja.alaMkRta.da.uttama: = trailokya.nagarIm eka: . pAti pAvana.yajJa.bhuk
.
"There
is the strong armed indra,
the tormentor of the lords of peoples;
the sole Lord of the three worlds,
and the receiver of the sacrifices of men."—vlm.
*vlm.43 There is the strong armed indra, the tormentor of the lords of peoples, the sole lord of the three worlds, who receives the sacrifices of men.
*jd.43 . ayam indra: mahA.bAhu: . this indraStrongarm = prajA.alaMkRta.da.uttama: . the highest adornment of the people = trai.lokya.nagarIm eka: pAti . the one who protects the three worlds... = pAvana.yajJa.bhuk . enjoyer of purifying sacrifice.
दीप्र.जाल.वरत्राभिर् अवष्टभ्य_अथ दिग्गणम् ।
dIpra.jAla.varatrAbhi:_avaSTabhya_atha dik.gaNam |
क्रमेण प्रतपन्त्य_एते भानवो भूरि.भानवः ॥३।८६।४४॥
krameNa pratapanti_ete bhAnava:_bhUri.bhAnava: ||3|86|44||
.
dIpra.jAla.varatrAbhi: . avaSTabhya_atha dik.gaNam = krameNa pratapanti_ete . bhAnava:_bhUri.bhAnava:
.
*vlm.44 I see the bright net of the firmament spread over all sides of heaven, and the twelve suns of the twelve months dispensing their ceaseless beams amidst it.
"I see on every side of heaven
the bright net of the sky outspread
where the twelve suns of the twelve months emit their ceaseless beams. *vlm.
*jd. dIpra.jAla.varatrAbhi: . w/ radiant.net.straps = avaSTabhya . outspread = atha dig.gaNam krameNa . and then in every direction = pratapanti . they sparkle = ete bhAnava: . these suns = bhUri.bhAnava: . these many suns.
लोकपाला* इमे लोकम् रक्षन्ति शुद्ध.वृत्तयः ।
lokapAlA: ime lokam rakSanti zuddha.vRttaya: |
मर्यादाभिर् अतुच्छाभिर् गोपाला* गोगणम् यथा ॥३।८६।४५॥
maryAdAbhi:_a.tucchAbhi:_gopAlA: gogaNam yathA ||3|86|45||
.
lokapAlA* ime lokam . rakSanti zuddha.vRttaya: = maryAdAbhi:_a.tucchAbhi: . gopAlA* gogaNam yathA
.
"and then
overspread
with a network of radiant strands
the Directions
in their order
shine forth with their suns,
sun after sun
:
these World.Guardians protect the world,
pure in their thoughts,
proper in their conduct,
and serious in thought,
like cowherds with a herd of cows.
*vlm.45 I see the righteous rulers of the sky and the rulers of men protecting their respective regions and peoples with the same care as cowherds take to protect their cattle.
उन्मज्जन्ति निमज्जन्ति प्रस्फुरन्ति पतन्ति च ।
unmajjanti nimajjanti prasphuranti patanti ca |
तरङ्गा* इव तोयानाम् इमाः प्रतिदिनम् प्रजाः ॥३।८६।४६॥
taraGgA: iva toyAnAm imA: pratidinam prajA: ||3|86|46||
.
unmajj.x.anti nimajj.x.anti . prasphur.x.anti pat.x.anti ca.and/also . = taraGga.x.A* iva.like/as.if . toya.x.AnAm . imA:.these.ones. pratidina.x.m praja.x.A:
.
"as for all of these creatures every day
—
they float,
they sink,
they sparkle,
they fly,
like waves they enter the water.
*vlm.46 I find every day among all sorts of beings, some rising and falling, and others diving and floating, like the constant waves of the sea.
सृजाम्य्_इमम् अहम् सर्गम् संहरामि तथा_आदृतः ।
sRjAmi_imam aham sargam saMharAmi tathA_AdRta: |
अयम् आत्मनि तिष्ठामि शाम्यामि भुवन.ईश्वरः ॥३।८६।४७॥
ayam Atmani tiSThAmi zAmyAmi bhuvana.Izvara: ||3|86|47||
.
sRj.x.Ami imam aham.I. sarga.creation..x.m . saMhar.x.Ami tathA.thus/in.that.way. AdRta.x.: = ayam.this.here. Atmani.in.self..x. tiSThAmi . I remain/exist.as . zAmy.quiet.Ami bhuvana.x.Izvara.Lord.Iishwara.:
.
"I project this Creation.
I gather it carefully unto myself.
I rest within this Self.
I am at peace, Lord of the World.
*vlm.p.47 "It is I who create, preserve and destroy the worlds. I remain in myself and pervade over all existence as the lord of all.
अयम् संवत्सरो यात* इदम् परिणतम् युगम् ।
ayam saMvatsara:_yAta* idam pariNatam yugam |
सृष्टेर्_अयम् असौ कालः स्वयम् संहरणस्य च ॥३।८६।४८॥
sRSTe:_ayam asau kAla: svayam saMharaNasya ca ||3|86|48||
.
ayam.this.here. saMvatsara.year.: yAta.having.come.to.* . idam.this . pariNata.x.m yuga.x.m = sRSTi.x.e: ayam.this.here. asau.that.yonder. kAla.time.: . svayam.Urself/itself. of/for the saMharaNa.x.sya ca.and/also .
.
"this year has come
as the harvest time of this Age.
this is the time of this creation
itself
and of its gathering for destruction
.
*vlm. I observe in myself the revolution of years and ages, and of all seasons and times, and I find the very time, to be both the creator and destroyer of things.
*vlm.48 I observe in myself the revolution of years and ages, and of all seasons and times, and I find the same time to be both the creator and destroyer of things.
अयम् एव गतः कल्पो ब्राह्मी रात्रिर् इयम् तता ।
ayam eva gata: kalpa:_brAhmI rAtri:_iyam tatA |
अयम् आत्मनि तिष्ठामि पूर्ण.आत्मा परमेश्वरः ॥३।८६।४९॥
ayam Atmani tiSThAmi pUrNa.AtmA paramezvara: ||3|86|49||
.
ayam eva gata: kalpa: . brAhmI rAtri:_iyam tatA =
ayam Atmani tiSThAmi .
pUrNa.AtmA paramezvara:
.
"this kalpa.Epoch ends, brothers, this is the evening of brahmA,
as this
I rest in myself
full of Self,
the Supreme Lord."
*vlm.49 I see a kalpa passing away before me, and the night of brahma (dissolution) stretched out in my presence, while I reside forever in the Supreme Soul, as full and perfect as the Divine Spirit itself."
इति भावितया बुद्ध्या ते द्विजा* अथ_ऐन्दवाः ।
iti bhAvitayA buddhyA te dvijA: atha_aindavA: |
दश.अद्रि.वृत्तयस् तस्तुः समुत्कीर्णा* इव_उपलात् ॥३।८६।५०॥
daza.adri.vRttaya:_tastu: sam.utkIrNA: iva_upalAt ||3|86|50||
.
iti bhAvitayA buddhyA . te dvijA* atha`aindavA: = daza.adri.vRttaya:_tastu: . sam.utkIrNA* iva_upalAt
.
their thoughts filled with such feelings,
those twiceborn aindava.s,
ten mountains,
sat as.if they were carved from stone
.
*vlm.p.50 Thus these brAhmaNas, the ten sons of Indu, remained in this sort of samAdhi meditation in their motionless postures like fixed rocks, and like images hewn out of stones in a hill.
अधिगत.कमल.आसन.क्र मास्ते
adhigata.kamala.Asana.kramA:_te
परिगलित.इतर.तुच्छ.वृत्ति.जालाः ।
parigalita.itara.tuccha.vRtti.jAlA: |
सततम् अतितराम् कुश.आसन.स्थाश्
satatam atitarAm kuza.Asana.sthA:_
चिरम् इति पङ्कज.कल्पने विरेजुः ॥३।८६।५१॥
ciram iti paGkaja.kalpane vireju: ||3|86|51||
.
adhigata.x.kamala.x.lotus-Asana.x.krama.x.A: te.x.they/thee- parigalita.x.itara.x.tuccha.x.vRtti.x.jAla.x.A: = satatam.x. atitara.x.Am kuza.x.Asana.x.stha.x.A: - ciram iti paGkaja.x.kalpana.x.e vireju.x.:
.
they sat together in Lotus Posture
released from the net of their trivial thoughts
totally
absolutely
.
on their seats of kusha grass
for a long time
thus
on an imagined lotus
they shone.forth in their domain
.
*vlm.51 In this manner these brAhmaNas, being fully acquainted with the nature of brahma, and possessed of the spirit of that deity in themselves, continued in their meditation for a long period. They sat in their lotus posture on seats of kusa grass, freed from the snare of the fickle and frivolous desires of this false and frail world.
.
oॐm
.
Group Page
https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/yoga.vasishtha
Complete YVFiles https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/AADi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh.Ia?dl=0
next Canto:
fm3087
vicAraH paramaM jJAnaM zamo hi paramaM sukham ||
सन्तोषः परमो लाभः सत्सङ्गः परमा गतिः।
विचारः परमं ज्ञानं शमो हि परमं सुखम्॥
Contentment is the highest gain, Good Company the highest course,
Enquiry the highest wisdom, and Peace the highest enjoyment.
-- Yoga Vasishtha
--
You received this message because you are subscribed to the Google Groups "yoga vasishtha" group.
To unsubscribe from this group and stop receiving emails from it, send an email to yoga-vasishth...@googlegroups.com.
To view this discussion on the web visit https://groups.google.com/d/msgid/yoga-vasishtha/23125b50-7531-4726-9d09-927002d92f64%40googlegroups.com.
Jiva Das
https://www.dropbox.com/s/ojyqb90gdtueyhy/fm3086%201.sp2...3The%20Aindawa%20Brother%20cont.%20.z51.docx?dl=0
FM.3.50-FM.3.99
https://www.dropbox.com/s/vu9chd079ro6pck/fm3050%201.jl01-02%20FALL%20OF%20A%20KING%20.z50.docx?dl=0
FM.3.86 THE AINDAWA BROTHERS CONT.
सर्ग ३.८६
sarga 3.86
भानुर् उवाच ।
bhAnur uvAca |
कल्प.नाम्नि, महा.देव, ह्यस्तने दिवसे तव ।
kalpa.nAmni, mahA.deva, hyastane divase tava |
tale kailAsa.zailasya jambU.dvIpa.eka.koNake ||3|86*|*1|
सुवर्ण.जट.नाम्ना यस् त्वत्.पुत्रैर् जनित.प्रजैः ।
suvarNa.jaTa.nAmnA ya:_tvat.putrai:_janita.prajai: |
maNDalam kalpitam zrImat.analpa.sukha.sundaram ||3|86*|*2||
तत्र_अभूद् अति.धर्म.आत्मा ब्राह्मणो ब्रह्मवित्.तमः ।
tatra_abhUt_ati.dharma.AtmA brAhmaNa:_brahmavit.tama: |
indu.nAma.atizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula_udbhava: ||3|86*|*3||
तस्मिन् तदा निवसतो नित्यम् स्वजन.मण्डले ।
tasmin tadA nivasata:_nityam svajana.maNDale |
tasya prANa.samA bhAryA kA.cit tasyAm mahAtmana: ||3|86*|*4||
न बभूव_आत्मजस् तस्य मरु.भूमौ तृणम् यथा ।
na babhUva_Atmaja:_tasya maru.bhUmau tRNam yathA |
na vi.arAjata sA bhAryA tasya niSphala.puSpitA ||3|86*|*5||
ऋज्वी गौरी सु.शुद्धा_अपि शून्या शरलता यथा ।
RjvI gaurI su.zuddhA_api zUnyA zaralatA yathA |
tau tata:_dampatI khinnau putra.artham tapase gire: ||3|86*|*6||
कैलासस्य_अंशम् आरूढौ रूढाव्_इव नव.द्रुमौ ।
kailAsasya_aMzam ArUDhau rUDhau_iva nava.drumau |
bhUtai:_anAvRte zUnye tasmin kailAsa.kuJjake ||3|86*|*7||
तेपतुस् तौ तपो घोरम् जलाहारौ तरु.स्थिती ।
tepatu:_tau tapa:_ghoram jalAhArau taru.sthitI |
ekam pAnIya.culakam pItvA divasa.paryaye ||3|86*|*8||
निस्पन्दम् उत्थितौ वार्क्षीम् वृत्तिम् आश्रित्य संस्थितौ ।
nispandam utthitau vArkSIm vRttim Azritya saMsthitau |
tasthatu:_tau tadA tatra tAvat.kAlam taru.vratau ||3|86*|*9||
FM.3.86
*THE AINDAVA BROTHERS*
*THE SUN *
*said to Brahmâ the Immense*
*: *
कल्प.नाम्नि, महा.देव, ह्यस्तने दिवसे तव ।
kalpa.nAmni, mahA.deva, hyastane divase tava |
tale kailAsa.zailasya jambU.dvIpa.eka.koNake ||3|86*|*1|
सुवर्ण.जट.नाम्ना यस् त्वत्.पुत्रैर् जनित.प्रजैः ।
suvarNa.jaTa.nAmnA ya:_tvat.putrai:_janita.prajai: |
maNDalam kalpitam zrImat.analpa.sukha.sundaram ||3|86*|*2||
.
*In some kalpa.Age*
*—one of your yesterdays, Great Divinity—*
*on a plain beside Mount.kailAsa in a corner of jambu.Land*
*there was*
*a man called suvarNa.jaTa*
*—for his hair had a golden.topknot—*
*who had settled there,*
*&*
*with his wife and children*
*he made*
*a rich city*
*that was not.a.little beautiful to see*
*.*
kalpa.*age*.nAmnI.*by.name <http://by.name>*, mahA.*great*.devatumula.
*thunder/God.noise* *. in some kalpa.Age, Great Divinity* . hyastana
*.yesterday/hesternal.*e divasa.*daily*.e* tava*.your** on one of your
yesterdays, Great Divinity** = *tAla*.Fanpalm.tree*.e *of/for Kailâsa*
.zaila.*stony/mountain*.sya jambU.*Woodapple**.dvîpa.*Land*.eka.*one*
.koNaka.*corner/nook*.e .
suvarNa*.jaTa*.nAmn.*by.name <http://by.name>*.A yas*.this.who/which* tvat
*.your*.putra.*son.s*.i: janita*.praja*.bringing.forth/bearing.s*.i: maNDala
*.sphere/territory/domain*.m kalpita*.made/invented*/*imagined/assumed*
.m zrImat*.an.*non*.alpa.*small/minute/little*.sukha*.good.space/pleasure
<http://good.space/pleasure>*.sundara.*beautiful/fair*.m
*. *
suvarNa
jaTa
janita
zrImat
.
*vlm.p.1. The Sun continued:.. It was, my lord, only the other day of one
of your previous kalpas, and at the foot of a mountain, beside the
tableland of Mount Kailash that stands in a corner of the continent of
Asia,
*vlm.p.2 that there lived a man named Suvarnajata together with all his
sons and their progeny, who had made that place a beautiful and pleasant
home.
तत्र_अभूद् अति.धर्म.आत्मा ब्राह्मणो ब्रह्मवित्.तमः ।
tatra_abhUt_ati.dharma.AtmA brAhmaNa:_brahmavit.tama: |
indu.nAma.atizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula.udbhava: ||3|86*|*3||
.
*there too*
*dwelt a very righteous soul, a Brahmin of perfect brahmic knowledge*
*:*
*he was calledI Indu the Moon*
*on.account.of his peaceful soul*
*and he was in the line of the great Kashyapa*Blacktooth*
*.*
tatra*.**there/then* abhUt.*was* ati.*super*.*Dharma*.Atma.*self*.a
brAhmaNas.*of.Brahmin*
brahmavit.tama: | indu.nAma.atizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula.udbhava:
.
brahma.*Brahman.Immensity*.vittamas
indu.nAma.atizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula.udbhava:
.
*vlm.p.3 Among them lived a brAhmaNa named Indu, a descendant of the
patriarch Kasyapa, who was a saintly soul, virtuous and acquainted with
divine knowledge.
Ø#tt.char. #kazyapa कश्यप Blacktooth was one of the Seven RShi.s
along with #atri <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Atri>, #jamadagni
<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jamadagni>, #bharadhvaja
<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bharadwaja>, #gautama
<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gautama_Maharishi>,
and, of course #vasiSTha and #vizvAmitra.
तस्मिन् तदा निवसतो नित्यम् स्वजन.मण्डले ।
tasmin tadA nivasata:_nityam svajana.maNDale |
tasya prANa.samA bhAryA kA.cit tasyAm mahAtmana: ||3|86*|*4||
न बभूव_आत्मजस् तस्य मरु.भूमौ तृणम् यथा ।
na babhUva_Atmaja:_tasya maru.bhUmau tRNam yathA |
na vi.arAjata sA bhAryA tasya niSphala.puSpitA ||3|86*|*5||
.
tasmin*.there* tadA.*then/there* nivasata*: nityam.*always* *in/when*
svajana*.maNDala*.sphere/territory/domain*.e = tasya.*his/its/of.that* prANa
*.Prâna.Air/life*.sama.*same/like*.A bhAryA* kAcit.*whatever* tasyAm.
*re.that* mahAtma.*great.Self*.na: = na*.no/t* babhUvatus*.they.became*
Atmaja.*Urself.born*
: tasya.*his/its/of.that* maru*.desart*.bhUmi*.level/stage\ground*.au tRNa.
*grass*.m yathA.*as/how* = na*.no/t* vyarAjata* sA.*she/it* bhAryA* tasya.
*his/its/of.that* niSphala*.puSpita*.A
*. *
nivasata*
svajana
vyarAjata
bhAryA
niSphala
puSpita
*. *
*there*
*(on that plain beside Mount.kailAsa in a corner of jambu.Land) *
*then*
*he made his permanent dwelling in his homeland *
*: *
*with a wife who was his second life*
*.*
*however,*
*for that Great Soul,*
*there was no self.born son,*
*as no grass grows in desert sand*
*his wife did not rejoice, barren of blossoms*
*. *
*vlm.p.4 He resided in his house with all his relatives and passed his time
agreeably in company with his wife, who was as dear to his heart as if his
second self.
*vlm.p.5 But this virtuous couple had no children, as no grass grows in
sterile soil, and the wife remained discontent at the unfruitfulness of her
blossoming or seed.
ऋज्वी गौरी सु.शुद्धा_अपि शून्या शरलता यथा ।
RjvI gaurI su.zuddhA_api zUnyA zaralatA yathA |
tau tata:_dampatI khinnau putra.artham tapase gire: ||3|86*|*6||
.
Rju*I gaura.*white/yellow*.I su*.well/good*.zuddha.*pure/clear*.A api
*.even/tho* zUnya.*empty*.A zarala*tA.*ness* yathA.*as/how* = tau.*they.two*
tatas.*thence/thus* daMpatI* khinna*.depressed/tired/weary/sad*.u putra.
*son*.artha*.purpose/meaning/thing*.*stuff*.m tapase* girIndra.
*mountain.lord*.e:
*. *
Rju
zarala
daMpatI
tapase*
*. *
*however upright,*
*beautiful,*
*perfectly pure,*
*she was like desert grass*
*.*
*so*
*that distressed couple sought to get a child*
*thru practising tapas*
*on the mountain*
*.*
*vlm.p.6 With all the purity and simplicity of their hearts, and the beauty
and gracefulness of their persons and manners, they were as useless to the
earth as the fair and straight stem of the pure rice plant without its
stalk of grains. The unhappy couple left for the mountain in order to make
their tapas for the blessing of children.
कैलासस्य_अंशम् आरूढौ रूढाव्_इव नव.द्रुमौ ।
kailAsasya_aMzam ArUDhau rUDhau_iva nava.drumau |
bhUtai:_anAvRte zUnye tasmin kailAsa.kuJjake ||3|86*|*7||
.
*they climbed to a place on Mount.kailAsa*
*and stood there*
*like two saplings*
*in a barren place*
*there*
*in the kailAsa woods*
*.*
*of Kailâsa*.sya aMza*.m ArUDha*.u rUDha*.u iva.*like/as.if* nava.
*new/fresh/young*.druma.*tree*.u = *with/bmo* bhUta
*.what.has.become/being/spirit.s.*i: *in/when* an.*not-/un-*.AvRta*.e zUnya.
*empty*.e tasmin*.there* *Kailâsa*.kuJjaka*.e
*. *
aMza
ArUDha
rUDha
AvRta
kuJjaka
*. *
*vlm.p.7 They ascended Mount Kailash, which lacked any shade from shade
trees and was uninhabited by living beings. There they stood fixed on one
side, like a couple of trees in a barren desert.
तेपतुस् तौ तपो घोरम् जलाहारौ तरु.स्थिती ।
tepatu:_tau tapa:_ghoram jalAhArau taru.sthitI |
ekam pAnIya.culakam pItvA divasa.paryaye ||3|86*|*8||
.
tepatus tau tap*a:_*ghoram . jalAhArau taru.sthitI = ekam pAnIya.culakam .
pItvA divasa.paryaye
*. *
*those two made tapas*
*—*
*fierce tapas*
*.*
*they*
*stood*
*still*
*like root.sipping trees,*
*scooping a single handful of water*
*drunk*
*at the edge of day*
*.*
*vlm.p.8 They remained in their austere tapas, subsisting upon liquid food
which also supported the trees. At the close of the day, and from the
hollow of their palms they drank only a sip of water from a neighboring
cascade.
निस्पन्दम् उत्थितौ वार्क्षीम् वृत्तिम् आश्रित्य संस्थितौ ।
nispandam utthitau vArkSIm vRttim Azritya saMsthitau |
tasthatu:_tau tadA tatra tAvat.kAlam taru.vratau ||3|86*|*9||
.
nispandam utthitau vArkSIm . vRttim Azritya saMsthitau = tasthatu:_tau tadA
tatra . tAvat.kAlam taru.vratau
*unmoving*
*they stood*
*having taken the form of two trees*
*.*
*there*
*they*
*stood*
*then*
*for*
*enough time to satisfy their vow*
*.*
*vlm.p.9 They remained standing and unmoved as immovable trees, and
continued long in that posture, in the manner of an erect wood in heat and
cold.
यावत् त्रेता द्वापरम् च युगे द्वे एव ते गते ।
yAvat tretA dvAparam ca yuge dve eva te gate |
ततस् तुष्टो ऽभवद् देवस्_तयोः शशि.कल.आधरः ॥३।८६।१०॥
tata:_tuSTa:_abhavat_deva:_tayo: zazi.kala.Adhara: ||3|86|10||
.
yAvat tretA dvAparam ca . yuge dve eva te gate = tata:_tuSTa:_abhavat_deva:
. tayo: zazi.kala.Adhara:
*thru two Ages, tretA and dvApara, they passed*
*&*
*a God*
*was satisfied by them*
*—*
*the God who wears the crescent moon*
*...*
*vlm.p.10 In this manner they passed two ages before their meditation met
with the approval of the god who bears the crescent of the moon on his
forehead (Shiva).
Yugas or ages of the world (comprising 2400 years +
mundane period of years (of which there are four, viz. 1. #kRta or #satya,
2. #tretA, 3. #dvApara, 4. #kali, of which the first three have already
elapsed, while the Kali.yuga, which began at midnight between the 17th and
18th of Feb. 3102 B.C. [O. S.], is that in which we live; the duration of
each is said to be respectively 1,728,000; 1,296,000;, 864,000, and 432,000
years of men, the descending numbers representing a similar physical and
moral deterioration of men in each age; the four Yugas comprise an
aggregate of 4,320,000 years and constitute a "great Yuga" or #mahAyuga +
दिन.आतप.आतापितयोः_इन्दुः कुमुदयोः_इव ।
dina.Atapa.AtApitayo:_indu: kumudayo:_iva |
आजगाम तम् उद्देशम् यत्र तौ विप्र.दंपती ॥३।८६।११॥
AjagAma tam uddezam yatra tau vipra.daMpatI ||3|86|11||
.
...
dina.Atapa.AtApitayo: . indu: kumudayo:_iva = AjagAma tam uddezam . yatra
tau vipra.daMpatI
*approached that place*
*where the brAhmaNa couple stood,*
*daily burned by the fiery heat*
*.*
*he*
*was like the moon*
*cooling two lilies*
*.*
*vlm.p.11 The god with the cooling moonbeams on his forehead advanced
towards the parched pair, like when the moon casts her dewy light on trees
and lotuses dried and scorched under the burning sunbeams of a summer day.
स=लता.पादपम् देशम् पुष्प.आकर* इव_ईश्वरः ।
sa=latA.pAdapam dezam puSpa.Akara* iva_Izvara: |
दंपती तौ वृष.आरूढम् सोमम् सोम.अर्ध.शेखरम् ॥३।८६।१२॥
daMpatI tau vRSa.ArUDham somam soma.ardha.zekharam ||3|86|12||
.
sa=latA.pAdapam dezam . puSpa.Akara* iva_Izvara: = daMpatI tau vRSa.ArUDham
. somam soma.ardha.zekharam
*he came as flowery springtime comes*
*to a bower of trees and vines,*
*Lord Ishvara bannered with the moon,*
*and his umA,*
*a couple mounted on a bull*
*. *
*vlm.p.12 The god appeared to them mounted on his milk.white bull, and
clasping the fair Uma (Goddess Parvati) on his left, and holding the
beaming moon on his head, like spring season approaches green shrubs
strewing flowers upon them.
फुल्ल.अननौ ददृशतुः कुमुदे शशिनम् यथा ।
phulla.ananau dadRzatu: kumude zazinam yathA |
तौ तम् प्रणेमतुर् देवम् तुषार.अमलम् ईश्वरम् ॥३।८६।१३॥
tau tam praNematu:_devam tuSAra.amalam Izvaram ||3|86|13||
.
*two bright faces,*
*in the way that lotuses behold the moon*
*.*
*they bowed before that God, the Lord of the pure snow*
*.*
phulla.ananau dadRzatu: . kumude zazinam yathA = tau tam praNematu:_devam .
tuSAra.amalam Izvaram
*vlm.p.13. The couple’s faces and eyes brightened as they saw the god, just
like lotuses hail the appearance of the beautiful moon. They bowed down to
the god of the silvery crescent and snow.white face.
द्याव्_आपृथिव्याव्_उदितम् परिपूर्णम् इव_उडुपम् ।
dyau_A.pRthivyau_uditam paripUrNam iva_uDupam |
तर्जयन्.पवनाधूत.नव.वृक्ष.अनन.स्वरम् ॥३।८६।१४॥
tarjayan.pavanAdhUta.nava.vRkSa.anana.svaram ||3|86|14||
मृदु.उद्याम.स्मित.स्पन्दि प्रोवाच_अथ वचः शिवः ।
mRdu.udyAma.smita.spandi provAca_atha vaca: ziva: |
.
*like the full moon among the stars,*
*a voice*
*that filled their faces with fear and wonder*
*.*
*and these are the words that shiva spoke*
*:*
*vlm.p.14 Then the god rising to their view like the full moon, and
appearing in the midst of the heaven and earth, spoke smilingly to them in
a gentle and audible voice. The breath of that voice refreshed them like
the breath of spring revives the faded plants of a forest.
वरम् विप्र गृहाणा_आशु तुष्टो ऽस्मि तव वाञ्छितम् ॥३।८६।१५॥
varam vipra gRhANA_Azu tuSTa:_asmi tava vAJchitam ||3|86|15||
मधु.मास.रस.आक्रान्त.वृक्षवन् मुदितो भव ।
madhu.mAsa.rasa.AkrAnta.vRkSavan mudita:_bhava |
.
varam vipra gRhANA_Azu . tuSTa:_asmi tava vAJchitam =
*. *
*take this boon at.once,*
*learnèd man,*
*I*
*am satisfied,*
*you*
*have your wish*
*.*
*we're like two trees at the coming of the spring*
*.*
*THE VIPRA.SEER said—*
भगवन्, देवदेव.ईश, दश पुत्रा* महाधियः ॥३।८६।१६॥
bhagavan, devadeva.Iza, daza putrA: mahAdhiya: ||3|86|16||
भव्या* भवन्तु मे भूयः शोको येन न बाधते ।
bhavyA* bhavantu me bhUya: zoka:_yena na bAdhate |
.
*God of the Gods,*
*by your grace let there be for me*
*ten sons*
*of great intelligence*
*&*
*let grief no longer trouble me*
*.*
bhagavan, devadeva.Iza, daza putrA: mahAdhiya: = bhavyA* bhavantu me bhUya:
zoka:_yena na bAdhate
.
*vlm.p.16 The brAhmaNa replied, "O Lord of gods, please favor me with ten
intelligent male children. Let these be born of me to dispel all my
sorrows."
अथ_एवम् अ stvx _इति प्रोच्य जगाम_अन्तर्धिम् ईश्वरः ॥३।८६।१७॥
atha_evam astu_iti procya jagAma_antardhim Izvara: ||3|86|17||
व्योम्नि वारि.निधिर् ह्रादम् कृत्वा_इव_ऊर्मि.महा.वपुः ।
vyomni vAri.nidhi:_hrAdam kRtvA_iva_Urmi.mahA.vapu: |
अतस् तौ दम्पती तुष्टौ शिव.लब्ध=वरौ गृहम् ॥३।८६।१८॥
ata:_tau dampatI tuSTau ziva.labdha=varau gRham ||3|86|18||
.
atha_evam astu_iti procya .
jagAma_antardhim Izvara: .
vyomni vAri.nidhi:_hrAdam .
kRtvA_iva_Urmi.mahA.vapu: =
ata:_tau dampatI tuSTau .
ziva.labdha=varau gRham
*"So let it be!"*
*&*
*so having said,*
*Lord Ishvara went to*
*antardhi.Innerspace*
*as*
*in the sky*
*river.water joins the ocean's great body of waves*
*.*
*&*
*so*
*too*
*the pair*
*satisfied*
*granted their boon by shiva,*
*went home*
*.*
*vlm.p.17 The Sun continued:—The god said, "Be it so,"and then disappeared
into the air. His great body passed through the ethereal path with a
tremendous roar of thunder like the surge of the seas.
*vlm.p.18 Then the brAhmaNa couple returned to their home with gladness in
their hearts. They appeared like the reflections of the two gods Shiva and
Uma.
गतौ गीर्वाण.सदृशौ खम् इव_उमा.महेश्वरौ ।
gatau gIrvANa.sadRzau kham iva_umA.mahezvarau |
तत्र_असौ ब्राह्मणी गेहे बभूव_उदार.गर्भिणी ॥३।८६।१९॥
tatra_asau brAhmaNI gehe babhUva_udAra.garbhiNI ||3|86|19||
.
gatau gIrvANa.sadRzau . kham iva_umA.mahezvarau = tatra_asau brAhmaNI gehe
. babhUva_udAra.garbhiNI
*when umA and the great Ishvara*
*had entered the sky,*
*gone to their own heavenly space,*
*there*
*in her home*
*this brAhmaNI*
*felt a fulness in her womb*
*. *
*vlm.p.19 After returning, the brahmani became big with child from the
blessing she received from her god Shiva.
बभौ पूर्ण.उदरा श्यामा मेघ.लेखा_इव वारिणा ।
babhau pUrNa.udarA zyAmA megha.lekhA_iva vAriNA |
काले ऽथ सुषुवे पुत्रान् प्रतिपच्.चन्द्र.कोमलान् ॥३।८६।२०॥
kAle_atha suSuve putrAn pratipat.candra.komalAn ||3|86|20||
.
*womb*
*grew*
*full*
*—an empty cloud filling before its burst—*
*&*
*so*
*in time*
*she gave birth to sons who were fresh and lovely as ten new moons*
*. *
*she *babhau*.became.* pUrNa*.full.*udara*.x.*A zyAma*.x.*A . megha*.cloud.*
lekha*.x.*A iva*.like/as.if . by/with *vAri*.x.*NA = kAle*.in.time.*
atha*.and.so
she .* suSuve*.bore/delivered a .* putra*.son/child.*An . pratipat*.x.*
candra*.x.*komala*.x.*An
*. *
*vlm.p.20 In her pregnant state, she looked like a thick cloud heavy with
rainwater. In proper time she and brought forth a boy as beautiful as the
digit of the new moon.
दश.बालान् ततो मुग्धान् वसुधा_इव नव.अङ्कुरान् ।
daza.bAlAn tata:_mugdhAn vasudhA_iva nava.aGkurAn |
कृत.ब्राह्मण.संस्कारा* वृद्धिम् ईयुर् महौजसः ॥३।८६।२१॥
kRta.brAhmaNa.saMskArA: vRddhim Iyu:_mahA.ojasa: ||3|86|21||
.
.* iva*.like/as.if .* nava.*new/young. *aGkura.*shoot/sprout.*An = kRta*.x.*
brAhmaNa*.x.*saMskAra*.x.*A . vRddhi*.x.*m Iyu:.x. mahA*.x.*ojas*.x.*a:
*. *
*she*
*gave birth*
*to ten pretty boys*
*just.as <http://just.as> the earth gives birth*
*to new shoots*
*&*
*they began*
*their long passage from birth to full maturity*
*.*
*vlm.p.21 In this way she bore ten sons in succession, each as handsome as
the tender sprouts of plants. They grew up in strength and stature, and
were invested with the sacramental thread.
स्वल्पेन_एव हि कालेन प्रावृषा_इव नव.अम्बुदाः ।
svalpena_eva hi kAlena prAvRSA_iva nava.ambudA: |
ते सप्त.वर्ष.वयसो बभूवुर् ज्ञात.वाङ्.मयाः ॥३।८६।२२॥
te sapta.varSa.vayasa:_babhUvu:_jJAta.vAk.mayA: ||3|86|22||
.
svalpena_eva hi kAlena . prAvRSA_iva nava.ambudA: = te sapta.varSa.vayasa:_
. babhUvu:_jJAta.vAk.mayA: .
*by the time seven years had passed*
*they knew their language,*
*and they spoke like little thunder.clouds in the time of rain*
*.*
*hearing his words, then, all of those worthy twiceborn sons of indu*
*gave praise*
*:*
*"Excellent, excellent!"*
*they cried*
*.*
*vlm.p.22 In course of a short time, they attained their boyhood and became
conversant in the language of the gods (Sanskrit), like the mute clouds
become loud in the rainy season.
विरेजुस् तेजसा तत्र नभसि_इव.अमला* ग्रहाः ।
vireju:_tejasA tatra nabhasi_iva.amalA: grahA: |
अथ कालेन महता तेषाम् तौ पितरौ तदा ॥३।८६।२३॥
atha kAlena mahatA teSAm tau pitarau tadA ||3|86|23||
संजग्मतुस् तनुम् त्यक्त्वा स्वाम् गतिम् गति.कोविदौ ।
saMjagmatu:_tanum tyaktvA svAm gatim gati.kovidau |
माता.पितृभ्याम् रहिता* दश ते ब्राह्मणास् ततः ॥३।८६।२४॥
mAtA.pitRbhyAm rahitA: daza te brAhmaNA:_tata: ||3|86|24||
.
*shone there*
*a constellation in the sky*
*.*
*but*
*then*
*after a long time had gone.by <http://gone.by>*
*both their parents*
*went far away*
*forsaking their bodies*
*to follow their own path*
*—*
*learning their path*
*deprived of mother & faher*
*those ten brAhmaNas*
*then*
vireju:_tejasA tatra nabhasi_iva.amalA grahA: = atha kAlena mahatA teSAm
tau pitarau tadA = saMjagmatu:_tanum tyaktvA svAm gatim gati.kovidau =
mAtA.pitRbhyAm rahitA* daza te brAhmaNA:_tata:
*vlm.p.23 They shone in their circle with the luster of their bodies, as
the resplendent orbs of the sky burn and turn about in their spheres.
*vlm.p.24 In time these youths lost both parents who passed off their
mortal coils to go to their last abode.
ययुः कैलास.शिखरम् गृहम् संत्यज्य खेदिनः ।
yayu: kailAsa.zikharam gRham saMtyajya khedina: |
तत्र संचिन्तयाम्.आसुर् उद्विघ्नास् ते विबान्धवाः ॥३।८६।२५॥
tatra saMcintayAm.Asu:_udvignA:_te vibAndhavA: ||3|86|25||
.
*.peak/summit.*m . gRha*.house/home.*m saMtyajya*.x.* khedi*.x.*na: =
tatra*.there/then
..there/then .* saMcint*.x.*ayAm.Asu: . udvigna*.x.*A:_te*.they/thee.*
vibAndhu*.x.*avA:
*. *
*the ten brAhmaNa.s*
*thereupon*
*went to the very peak of kailAsa*
*:*
*sorrowing*
*they forsook their home and gave themselves to grief,*
*ten mourning orphans*
*.*
*vlm.p.25 Losing both parents, the ten brAhmaNa lads left their home in
grief and went to the top of Mount Kailash to pass their helpless lives in
mourning.
किम् स्याद् इह परम् श्रेय* ऊचुश् च_इदम् परस्परम् ।
kIm syAt_iha param zreya* Ucu:_ca_idam parasparam |
किम् इह स्यात् समुचितम् भ्रातरः किम् अदुःखदम् ॥३।८६।२६॥
kim iha syAt samucitam bhrAtara: kim a.du:khadam ||3|86|26||
.
iha syAt samucita*.x.*m . bhrAtar*.x.*a: kim*.?? . *a.*.not/without*.du:
*.bad.*kha*.Ur.space/sky.*da*.giving.*m
*. *
*"Here in this world,*
*what would be*
*for us*
*our highest good?"*
*.*
*vlm.p.26 Here they discussed what would be best for them, and what would
be the right course to take to avoid the troubles and miseries of life.
*what*
*is the proper thing to do*
*?*
*what*
*does not bring us unto grief*
*?*
किम् महत्त्वम् किम् ऐश्वर्यम् किम् महा.विभवम् शुभम् ।
kim mahattvam kim aizvaryam kim mahA.vibhavam zubham |
किम् तद्_एतज्_जन.ऐश्वर्यम् साम न्तो_हि महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।२७॥
kim tat_etat_jana.aizvaryam sAmanta:_hi mahezvara: ||3|86|27||
सामन्त.सम्पत् किम् नाम राजानो हि महेश्वराः ।
kA nAma sampat_bhUpAnAm samrAT_iha mahezvara: ||3|86|28||
.
. *mahA*.great.*vibhava*.x.*m zubha*.x.*m = kim tat etat jana*.x.*aizvarya
*.x.*m sAmanta*.x.*: hi mahezvara*.x.*: = sAmanta*.x.*sampat*.x.* kim nAma
rAjAna:*.x.* hi mahezvara*.x.*A: . kA:*.x.* nAma sampat*.x.* bhUpa*.x.*AnAm
samrAT*.x.* iha mahezvara*.x.*:
.
*is it greatness*
*?*
*is it Lordship*
*?*
*is it perfect Majesty*
*?*
*is it lordship over the people, leading them like the Lord*
*?*
*what good is all the wealth of kings*
*and who cares*
*who're*
*the Overlords of all these wealthy Earth.Lords*
*?*
*and what use are their powers*
*?*
*vlm.p.27 They talked with one another on such topics as what was the best
good of humanity in this world of mortality, and many other subjects, such
as:
*vlm.p.28 What is true greatness, best riches and affluence, and the
highest good of humankind? What is the good of great power, possessions,
being chief, or even the gain of a kingdom? What forms the true dignity of
kings and the high majesty of emperors?
evolution of the Supreme Being into secondary forms") Sarvad. • power,
greatness, dominion R.&c. (ifc. with loc., "one whose power consists in"
Gi1t.); influence upon (loc.) . (also pl.) wealth, property, fortune
MBh.&c. • luxury, anything sumptuary or superfluous Hcar. • emancipation
loss of fortune or property • **vibhavata:* *.ind..* according to rank or
fortune or dignity • *vibhava.*mada* *.m..* the pride of power • #*vibhavamat
.mfn..* possessed of power, wealthy +
किम् नाम तन् महेन्द्रत्वम् यन् मुहूर्तम् प्रजापतेः ।
kim nAma tat_mahendratvam yat_muhUrtam prajApate: |
विनश्यति न यत् कल्पे किम् स्यात् तद् इह शोभनम् ॥३।८६।२९॥
vinazyati na yat kalpe kim syAt tat_iha zobhanam ||3|86|29||
.
kim nAma tat_mahendratvam . yat_muhUrtam prajApate: = vinazyati na yat
kalpe . kim syAt tat_iha zobhanam
*even the state of great indra is*
*only an hour of the Grandfather's time*
*!*
*not to be destroyed*
*—till Doomsday—*
*you call that Glory*
*?*
*vlm.p.29 What avails the rule of the great indra, which is lost in one
moment (of brahma). What endures a whole kalpa and must be the best good as
the most lasting?
भाषमाणेष्व्_अथ_एतेषु ज्येष्टो भ्राता महामतिः ।
bhASamANeSu_atha_eteSu jyeSTa:_bhrAtA mahA.mati: |
गम्भीर.वाग् उवाच_इदम् मृग.यूथान् मृगो यथा ॥३।८६।३०॥
gambhIra.vAk_uvAca_idam mRga.yUthAn_mRga:_yathA ||3|86|30||
.
bhASamANeSu_atha_eteSu . jyeSTa:_bhrAtA mahA.mati: =
gambhIra.vAk_uvAca_idam . mRga.yUthAn_mRga:_yathA
*then*
*after all their talking,*
*their thoughtful big brother spoke to them,*
*his sonorous voice deep as a stag's governing a herd of ewes*
*:*
*vlm.p.30 As they were talking in this manner, they were interrupted by the
eldest brother, with a voice as grave as that of the leader of a herd of
deer to the attentive herd.
"ऐश्वर्यानाम् हि सर्वेषाम् आकल्पम् न विनाशि यत् ।
"aizvaryAnAm hi sarveSAm Akalpam na vinAzi yat |
रोचते भ्रातरस् तन् मे ब्रह्मत्वम् इह न_इतरम्" ॥३।८६।३१॥
rocate bhrAtara:_tat_me brahmatvam iha na_itaram" ||3|86|31||
.
"aizvaryAnAm hi sarveSAm Akalpam .
na vinAzi yat =
rocate bhrAtara:_tat_me .
brahmatvam iha na.itaram"
*"To be the unconquerable Lord of all,*
*brothers,*
*that is what seems to me better than anything*
*—*
*to be a brahmA in this world."*
*vlm.p.31 "Of all kinds of riches and dignities, there is one thing that
endures for a whole kalpa and is never destroyed. This is the state of
brahma, which I prize above all others."
एतद्_उक्तम् तद्.अखिला* द्विज.पुत्रास् त* उत्तमाः ।
etat_uktam tat.akhilA: dvija.putrA:_te uttamA: |
vacobhi:_aindavA:_tatra "sAdhu sAdhu"_iti_apUjayan ||3|86|32||
.
etat_uktam tat.akhilA* . dvija.putrA:_ta* uttamA: = vacobhi:_aindavA:_tatra
. "sAdhu sAdhu"_iti_apUjayan
*hearing his words,*
*then all of those worthy twiceborn Aindava sons gave praise:*
*"Excellent, excellent!"*
*.*
*vlm.p.32 Hearing this, all the good sons of Indu exclaimed in one voice,
"Ah! Well said"Then they honored the eldest with kind speeches.
ऊचुश् च_इदम् कथम्, तात, सर्व.दुःख.उपम.अर्जनम् ।
Ucu:_ca_idam katham, tAta, sarva.du:kha.upama.arjanam |
पद्म.आसनम् जगत्.पूज्यम् विरिञ्चित्वम् अवाप्नुमः ॥३।८६।३३॥
padma.Asanam jagat.pUjyam viriJcitvam ava.Apnuma: ||3|86|33||
.
Ucu:_ca_idam katham, . tAta, . sarva.du:kha.upama.arjanam = padma.Asanam
jagat.pUjyam . viriJcitvam ava.Apnuma:
*"But how, brother,"*
*they asked,*
*"how do*
*we get to this state of virinchi.brahma,*
*seated on a lotus,*
*with every sorrow washed.away, worthy of worship in this world?"*
*vlm.p.33 They said, "How, O brother, is it possible for us to attain to
the state of brahma, who is seated on his seat of lotuses, and is adored by
all in this world?"
भ्रात्रा तेन पुनः प्रोक्ता* भ्रातरो भूति.तेजसः ।
bhrAtrA tena puna: proktA* bhrAtara:_bhUti.tejasa: |
मद्.उक्तम् सर्वम् एव_इमे भवन्तः पालयन्तु वै ॥३।८६।३४॥
mat.uktam sarvam eva_ime bhavanta: pAlayantu vai ||3|86|34||
.
bhrAtrA tena puna: proktA* . bhrAtaro bhUti.tejasa: = mat.uktam sarvam
eva_ime . bhavanta: pAlayantu vai
*big brother had this to say to that*
*:*
*"Gentlemen,*
*you should do just what I tell you*
*:*
*vlm.p.34 The eldest then replied to his younger brothers saying, "O you my
worthy brothers, do as I say and you will be successful.
पद्मासन.गतो भास्वान् ब्रह्मा_अहम् इति तेजसा ।
padmAsana.gata:_bhAsvAn brahmA_aham iti tejasA |
सृजामि संहरामि_इति ध्यानम् अस्तु चिराय वः ॥३।८६।३५॥
sRjAmi saMharAmi_iti dhyAnam astu cirAya va: ||3|86|35||
.
dhyAnam astu cirAya va:
*. *
*'I am*
*the lotus.seated luminous brahmA'*
*—*
*with this light let your meditation shine*
*:*
*and*
*'I project this world, and end it too,'*
*—*
*meditate in this way for a long time.*
*vlm.p.35 Sit in lotus posture and think yourselves to be the bright
brahma, full of his brilliance and possessing the powers of creation and
annihilation in yourselves."
अग्रजेन_इति कथिते बाढम् कृत्वा त* उत्तमाः ।
agrajena_iti kathite bADham kRtvA te uttamA: |
ध्यान.अधीन.धियस् तस्तुः सह_एव ज्यायसा रसात् ॥३।८६।३६॥
dhyAna.adhIna.dhiya:_tastu: saha_eva jyAyasA rasAt ||3|86|36||
.
agrajena_iti kathite . bADham kRtvA ta* uttamA: =
dhyAna.adhIna.dhiya:_tastu: . saha_eva jyAyasA rasAt
*the firstborn having spoken thus,*
*the rest gave their assent;*
*and then they joined their thoughts in dhyAna.Meditation*
*attentive to their Elder*
*.*
*vlm.p.36 Being instructed in this manner by the eldest brother, the
younger brothers responded saying, "Amen."With gladness in their hearts,
they sat in meditation together with the eldest brother.
लिपि.कर्म.अर्पित.आकारा* ध्यान.असक्त.धियः_च ते ।
lipi.karma.arpita.AkArA: dhyAna.asakta.dhiya:_ca te |
अन्त.स्थेन_एव मनसा चिन्तयाम्.आसुर् आदृताः ॥३।८६।३७॥
anta.sthena_eva manasA cintayAm.Asu:_AdRtA: ||3|86|37||
.
lipi.karma.arpita.AkArA . dhyAna.asakta.dhiya:_ca te = anta.sthena_eva
manasA . cintayAm.Asu:_AdRtA:
*their forms were like painted pictures,*
*their thoughts detached thru dhyAna.Meditation,*
*with manas.Mind seated within,*
*attentively they thought*
*:*
*vlm.p.37 They remained in their meditative mood like the still images in a
painting. Their minds were concentrated in the inmost brahma, whom they
adored and thought upon, thinking,
अथ_उत्फुल्ल.कमल.कोश.वक्त्र.उन्नत.आसनः ।
atha_utphulla.kamala.koza.vaktra.unnata.Asana: |
ब्रह्मा_अहम् जगताम् स्रष्टा कर्ता भोक्ता महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।३८॥
brahmA_aham jagatAm sraSTA kartA bhoktA mahezvara: ||3|86|38||
.
atha_ .
utphulla.kamala.koza.vaktra.unnata.Asana: =
brahmA_aham jagatAm sraSTA .
kartA bhoktA mahezvara:
*"now*
*here*
*I sit*
*on the pericarp of a full blown lotus,*
*and find myself*
*as brahmA the Immense*
*the great God,*
*the creator and sustainer of the universe.*.vlm.
*vlm.p.38 "Here I sit on the middle of a full blown lotus, and find myself
as brahma, the great god, the creator and sustainer of the universe.
यज्ञ.क्रिया.क्रमवतः साङ्ग.उपाङ्गा* महर्षयः ।
yajJa.kriyA.kramavata: sAGga.upAGgA: maharSaya: |
सरस्वत्या_अथ गायत्र्या युक्ता* वेदा* नरा* इमे ॥३।८६।३९॥
sarasvatyA_atha gAyatryA yuktA: vedA: narA: ime ||3|86|39||
.
=
sarasvatI*.x.*yA_atha*.and.so .* gAyatri*.x.*yA . yukta*.x.*A* veda*.x.*A*
nara*.x.*A* ime*.these.ones*
*. *
*"The Orders of Worshipful Works,*
*their branches and schools,*
*and Great RShi.s*
*with sarasvatI the Riverine*
*also gAyatrI*
*together*
*joined*
*known*
*and human*
*are all these*
*.*
*vlm.39. I find in me the whole ritual of sacrificial rites, the Vedas with
their branches and supplements and the Rishis; I view in me the Sarasvati
and Gáyatri mantras of the Veda, and all the Gods and men situated in me.
लोकपाल.पराक्रान्तः संचरत्.सिद्ध.मण्डलः ।
lokapAla.parAkrAnta: saMcarat.siddha.maNDala: |
अयम् उद्याम.सौभाग्यः स्वर्गः स्वर.विभूषितः ॥३।८६।४०॥
ayam udyAma.saubhAgya: svarga: svara.vibhUSita: ||3|86|40||
.
lokapAla.parAkrAnta: . saMcarat.siddha.maNDala: = ayam udyAma.saubhAgya: .
svarga: svara.vibhUSita:
*"As the fruit of my striving*
*for as long as the tretA and dvApara Ages put.together*
*I wander*
*thru the harmonious heavenly siddha.Sphere.*
*vlm.p.40 I see in me the spheres of the regents, of the world, and the
circles of the spiritual masters revolving about me, with the spacious
heaven bespangled with the stars.
http://taicarmen.files.wordpress.com/2011/05/earth.from.space.1.jpg
पर्वत.द्वीप.जलधि.काननैः सम्.अलंकृतम् ।
parvata.dvIpa.jaladhi.kAnanai: sam.alaMkRtam |
इदम् भू.मण्डलम् चैव त्रिलोकी.कर्ण.कुण्दलम् ॥३।८६।४१॥
idam bhU.maNDalam ca_eva trilokI.karNa.kuNdalam ||3|86|41||
.
parvata.dvIpa.jaladhi.kAnanai: . sam.alaMkRtam = idam bhU.maNDalam ca_eva .
trilokI.karNa.kuNdalam
*"This Earth,*
*embossed with mountains, seas, forests, and continents,*
*hangs like an earring on the universe.*
*vlm.p.41 I see this globe of land and water decorated with all its oceans
and continents, its mountains and islands, hanging like an earring in the
material system."
एतत् पाताल.कुहरम् दैत्य.दानव.भोजितम् ।
etat pAtAla.kuharam daitya.dAnava.bhojitam |
अमृतस् त्रीगण_आकीर्णम् गृहम् गगन.कोटरम् ॥३।८६।४२॥
amRta:_trIgaNa.AkIrNam gRham gagana.koTaram ||3|86|42||
.
etat pAtAla.kuharam . daitya.dAnava.bhojitam = amRta:_trIgaNa.AkIrNam .
gRham gagana.koTaram
*"This*
*is pAtAla.kuhara,*
*the Cave of Hell,*
*with its demon daityas and dAnavas.*
*vlm.p.42 Within myself I have the hollow of the infernal world, with its
demons, and serpents. I have the cavity of the sky in myself, containing
the homes and maidens of the immortals.
+
*with a crowd of pretty girls.*
vlm. ... I have the cavity of the sky in myself, containing the habitations
and damsels of the immortals.
अयम् इन्द्रो महाबाहुः प्रज.अलंकृत.द.उत्तमः ।
ayam indra:_mahAbAhu: praja.alaMkRta.da.uttama: |
त्रैलोक्य.नगरीम् एकः पाति पावन.यज्ञ.भुक् ॥३।८६।४३॥
trailokya.nagarIm eka: pAti pAvana.yajJa.bhuk ||3|86|43||
.
ayam indra:_mahAbAhu: . praja.alaMkRta.da.uttama: = trailokya.nagarIm eka:
. pAti pAvana.yajJa.bhuk
*"There*
*is the strong armed indra,*
*the tormentor of the lords of peoples;*
*the sole Lord of the three worlds,*
*and the receiver of the sacrifices of men."*—vlm.
*vlm.43 There is the strong armed indra, the tormentor of the lords of
peoples, the sole lord of the three worlds, who receives the sacrifices of
men.
*a.u*ttama: . *the highest adornment of the people = *trai.lokya.nagarIm
eka: pAti . *the one who protects the three worlds... = *pAvana.yajJa.bhuk
. *enjoyer of purifying sacrifice. *
दीप्र.जाल.वरत्राभिर् अवष्टभ्य_अथ दिग्गणम् ।
dIpra.jAla.varatrAbhi:_avaSTabhya_atha dik.gaNam |
क्रमेण प्रतपन्त्य_एते भानवो भूरि.भानवः ॥३।८६।४४॥
krameNa pratapanti_ete bhAnava:_bhUri.bhAnava: ||3|86|44||
.
dIpra.jAla.varatrAbhi: . avaSTabhya_atha dik.gaNam = krameNa pratapanti_ete
. bhAnava:_bhUri.bhAnava:
*vlm.44 I see the bright net of the firmament spread over all sides of
heaven, and the twelve suns of the twelve months dispensing their ceaseless
beams amidst it.
*the bright net of the sky outspread*
*where the twelve suns of the twelve months emit their ceaseless beams. *
*vlm.
*jd. dIpra.jAla.varatrAbhi: *. w/ radiant.net.straps = *avaSTabhya *.
outspread = *atha dig.gaNam krameNa *. and then in every direction =
*pratapanti
*. they sparkle = *ete bhAnava: *. these suns = *bhUri.bhAnava: *. these
many suns. *
लोकपाला* इमे लोकम् रक्षन्ति शुद्ध.वृत्तयः ।
lokapAlA: ime lokam rakSanti zuddha.vRttaya: |
मर्यादाभिर् अतुच्छाभिर् गोपाला* गोगणम् यथा ॥३।८६।४५॥
maryAdAbhi:_a.tucchAbhi:_gopAlA: gogaNam yathA ||3|86|45||
.
lokapAlA* ime lokam . rakSanti zuddha.vRttaya: = maryAdAbhi:_a.tucchAbhi: .
gopAlA* gogaNam yathA
*"and then*
*overspread*
*with a network of radiant strands*
*the Directions*
*in their order*
*shine forth with their suns,*
*sun after sun*
*:*
*these World.Guardians protect the world,*
*pure in their thoughts,*
*proper in their conduct,*
*and serious in thought,*
*like cowherds with a herd of cows.*
*vlm.45 I see the righteous rulers of the sky and the rulers of men
protecting their respective regions and peoples with the same care as
cowherds take to protect their cattle.
उन्मज्जन्ति निमज्जन्ति प्रस्फुरन्ति पतन्ति च ।
unmajjanti nimajjanti prasphuranti patanti ca |
तरङ्गा* इव तोयानाम् इमाः प्रतिदिनम् प्रजाः ॥३।८६।४६॥
taraGgA: iva toyAnAm imA: pratidinam prajA: ||3|86|46||
.
.* = taraGga*.x.*A* iva*.like/as.if .* toya*.x.*AnAm . imA:*.these.ones.*
pratidina*.x.*m praja*.x.*A:
*. *
*"as for all of these creatures every day*
*—*
*they float,*
*they sink,*
*they sparkle,*
*they fly,*
*like waves they enter the water. *
*vlm.46 I find every day among all sorts of beings, some rising and
falling, and others diving and floating, like the constant waves of the sea.
http://taicarmen.files.wordpress.com/2011/05/earth.from.space.1.jpg
सृजाम्य्_इमम् अहम् सर्गम् संहरामि तथा_आदृतः ।
sRjAmi_imam aham sargam saMharAmi tathA_AdRta: |
अयम् आत्मनि तिष्ठामि शाम्यामि भुवन.ईश्वरः ॥३।८६।४७॥
ayam Atmani tiSThAmi zAmyAmi bhuvana.Izvara: ||3|86|47||
.
*.thus/in.that.way.* AdRta*.x.*: = ayam*.this.here.* Atmani*.in.self..x.*
tiSThAmi . *I remain/exist.as <http://exist.as> . *zAmy*.quiet.*Ami bhuvana
*.x.*Izvara*.Lord.Iishwara.*:
*. *
*"I project this Creation.*
*I gather it carefully unto myself.*
*I rest within this Self.*
*I am at peace, Lord of the World.*
*vlm.p.47 "It is I who create, preserve and destroy the worlds. I remain in
myself and pervade over all existence as the lord of all.
अयम् संवत्सरो यात* इदम् परिणतम् युगम् ।
ayam saMvatsara:_yAta* idam pariNatam yugam |
सृष्टेर्_अयम् असौ कालः स्वयम् संहरणस्य च ॥३।८६।४८॥
sRSTe:_ayam asau kAla: svayam saMharaNasya ca ||3|86|48||
.
<http://having.come.to>.** . idam*.this .* pariNata*.x.*m yuga*.x.*m = sRSTi
*.x.*e: ayam*.this.here.* asau*.that.yonder.* kAla*.time.*: . svayam.
*Urself/itself.* *of/for the* saMharaNa*.x.*sya ca.*and/also .*
.
*"this year has come*
*as the harvest time of this Age.*
*this is the time of this creation*
*itself*
*and of its gathering for destruction*
*.*
*vlm. I observe in myself the revolution of years and ages, and of all
seasons and times, and I find the very time, to be both the creator and
destroyer of things.
*vlm.48 I observe in myself the revolution of years and ages, and of all
seasons and times, and I find the same time to be both the creator and
destroyer of things.
अयम् एव गतः कल्पो ब्राह्मी रात्रिर् इयम् तता ।
ayam eva gata: kalpa:_brAhmI rAtri:_iyam tatA |
अयम् आत्मनि तिष्ठामि पूर्ण.आत्मा परमेश्वरः ॥३।८६।४९॥
ayam Atmani tiSThAmi pUrNa.AtmA paramezvara: ||3|86|49||
.
ayam eva gata: kalpa: . brAhmI rAtri:_iyam tatA =
ayam Atmani tiSThAmi .
pUrNa.AtmA paramezvara:
*"this kalpa.Epoch ends, brothers, this is the evening of brahmA,*
*as this*
*I rest in myself*
*full of Self,*
*the Supreme Lord."*
*vlm.49 I see a kalpa passing away before me, and the night of brahma
(dissolution) stretched out in my presence, while I reside forever in the
Supreme Soul, as full and perfect as the Divine Spirit itself."
इति भावितया बुद्ध्या ते द्विजा* अथ_ऐन्दवाः ।
iti bhAvitayA buddhyA te dvijA: atha_aindavA: |
दश.अद्रि.वृत्तयस् तस्तुः समुत्कीर्णा* इव_उपलात् ॥३।८६।५०॥
daza.adri.vRttaya:_tastu: sam.utkIrNA: iva_upalAt ||3|86|50||
.
iti bhAvitayA buddhyA . te dvijA* atha`aindavA: = daza.adri.vRttaya:_tastu:
. sam.utkIrNA* iva_upalAt
*their thoughts filled with such feelings,*
*those twiceborn aindava.s,*
*ten mountains,*
*sat as.if they were carved from stone*
*.*
*vlm.p.50 Thus these brAhmaNas, the ten sons of Indu, remained in this sort
of samAdhi meditation in their motionless postures like fixed rocks, and
like images hewn out of stones in a hill.
अधिगत.कमल.आसन.क्र मास्ते
adhigata.kamala.Asana.kramA:_te
परिगलित.इतर.तुच्छ.वृत्ति.जालाः ।
parigalita.itara.tuccha.vRtti.jAlA: |
सततम् अतितराम् कुश.आसन.स्थाश्
satatam atitarAm kuza.Asana.sthA:_
चिरम् इति पङ्कज.कल्पने विरेजुः ॥३।८६।५१॥
ciram iti paGkaja.kalpane vireju: ||3|86|51||
.
parigalita*.x.*itara*.x.*tuccha*.x.*vRtti*.x.*jAla*.x.*A: = satatam*.x.*
atitara*.x.*Am kuza*.x.*Asana*.x.*stha*.x.*A: - ciram iti paGkaja*.x.*
kalpana*.x.*e vireju*.x.*:
*. *
*they sat together in Lotus Posture*
*released from the net of their trivial thoughts*
*totally*
*absolutely*
*.*
*on their seats of kusha grass*
*for a long time*
*thus*
*on an imagined lotus*
*they shone.forth in their domain*
*.*
*vlm.51 In this manner these brAhmaNas, being fully acquainted with the
nature of brahma, and possessed of the spirit of that deity in themselves,
continued in their meditation for a long period. They sat in their lotus
posture on seats of kusa grass, freed from the snare of the fickle and
frivolous desires of this false and frail world.
.
<https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/yoga-vasishtha>
Complete YVFiles
https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/AADi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh.Ia?dl=0
<https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/AADi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh-Ia?dl=0>
next Canto:
fm3087
santoSaH paramo lAbhaH satsaGgaH paramA gatiH |
vicAraH paramaM jJAnaM zamo hi paramaM sukham ||
सन्तोषः परमो लाभः सत्सङ्गः परमा गतिः।
विचारः परमं ज्ञानं शमो हि परमं सुखम्॥
Contentment is the highest gain, Good Company the highest course,
Enquiry the highest wisdom, and Peace the highest enjoyment.
-- Yoga Vasishtha
The complete YVFiles of this masterpiece can be found at
On Sat, Feb 13, 2021 at 8:48 AM Jiva Das <das....@gmail.com> wrote:
> FM3086 THE AINDAVA BROTHERS CONT. 1.SP2-3 .z39
>
>
> https://www.dropbox.com/s/ojyqb90gdtueyhy/fm3086%201.sp2...3The%20Aindawa%20Brother%20cont.%20.z51.docx?dl=0
>
> FM.3.50-FM.3.99
>
>
> https://www.dropbox.com/s/vu9chd079ro6pck/fm3050%201.jl01-02%20FALL%20OF%20A%20KING%20.z50.docx?dl=0
>
>
>
> FM.3.86 THE AINDAWA BROTHERS CONT.
>
> सर्ग ३.८६
>
> sarga 3.86
>
> भानुर् उवाच ।
>
> bhAnur uvAca |
>
> कल्प.नाम्नि, महा.देव, ह्यस्तने दिवसे तव ।
>
> kalpa.nAmni, mahA.deva, hyastane divase tava |
>
>
> tale kailAsa.zailasya jambU.dvIpa.eka.koNake ||3|86*|*1|
> सुवर्ण.जट.नाम्ना यस् त्वत्.पुत्रैर् जनित.प्रजैः ।
>
> suvarNa.jaTa.nAmnA ya:_tvat.putrai:_janita.prajai: |
>
>
> maNDalam kalpitam zrImat.analpa.sukha.sundaram ||3|86*|*2||
> तत्र_अभूद् अति.धर्म.आत्मा ब्राह्मणो ब्रह्मवित्.तमः ।
>
> tatra_abhUt_ati.dharma.AtmA brAhmaNa:_brahmavit.tama: |
>
>
> indu.nAma.atizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula_udbhava: ||3|86*|*3||
> तस्मिन् तदा निवसतो नित्यम् स्वजन.मण्डले ।
>
> tasmin tadA nivasata:_nityam svajana.maNDale |
>
>
> tasya prANa.samA bhAryA kA.cit tasyAm mahAtmana: ||3|86*|*4||
> न बभूव_आत्मजस् तस्य मरु.भूमौ तृणम् यथा ।
>
> na babhUva_Atmaja:_tasya maru.bhUmau tRNam yathA |
>
>
> na vi.arAjata sA bhAryA tasya niSphala.puSpitA ||3|86*|*5||
> ऋज्वी गौरी सु.शुद्धा_अपि शून्या शरलता यथा ।
>
> RjvI gaurI su.zuddhA_api zUnyA zaralatA yathA |
>
>
> tau tata:_dampatI khinnau putra.artham tapase gire: ||3|86*|*6||
> कैलासस्य_अंशम् आरूढौ रूढाव्_इव नव.द्रुमौ ।
>
> kailAsasya_aMzam ArUDhau rUDhau_iva nava.drumau |
>
>
> bhUtai:_anAvRte zUnye tasmin kailAsa.kuJjake ||3|86*|*7||
> तेपतुस् तौ तपो घोरम् जलाहारौ तरु.स्थिती ।
>
> tepatu:_tau tapa:_ghoram jalAhArau taru.sthitI |
>
>
> ekam pAnIya.culakam pItvA divasa.paryaye ||3|86*|*8||
> निस्पन्दम् उत्थितौ वार्क्षीम् वृत्तिम् आश्रित्य संस्थितौ ।
>
> nispandam utthitau vArkSIm vRttim Azritya saMsthitau |
>
>
> tasthatu:_tau tadA tatra tAvat.kAlam taru.vratau ||3|86*|*9||
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
> FM.3.86
>
>
>
> *THE AINDAVA BROTHERS*
>
>
>
>
>
> *THE SUN *
>
>
>
>
>
> *said to Brahmâ the Immense*
>
> *: *
>
>
> कल्प.नाम्नि, महा.देव, ह्यस्तने दिवसे तव ।
>
> kalpa.nAmni, mahA.deva, hyastane divase tava |
>
>
> tale kailAsa.zailasya jambU.dvIpa.eka.koNake ||3|86*|*1|
> सुवर्ण.जट.नाम्ना यस् त्वत्.पुत्रैर् जनित.प्रजैः ।
>
> suvarNa.jaTa.nAmnA ya:_tvat.putrai:_janita.prajai: |
>
>
> maNDalam kalpitam zrImat.analpa.sukha.sundaram ||3|86*|*2||
>
> .
>
> *In some kalpa.Age*
>
> *—one of your yesterdays, Great Divinity—*
>
> *on a plain beside Mount.kailAsa in a corner of jambu.Land*
>
> *there was*
>
> *a man called suvarNa.jaTa*
>
> *—for his hair had a golden.topknot—*
>
> *who had settled there,*
>
> *&*
>
> *with his wife and children*
>
> *he made*
>
> *a rich city*
>
> *that was not.a.little beautiful to see*
>
> *.*
>
> kalpa.naam.ni, mahA.*great*.deva *. in some kalpa.Age, Great Divinity* .
> hyastana*.yesterday/hesternal.*e divase tava *. on one of your
> yesterdays, Great Divinity** = *tala.e kailaasa.zaila.*stony/mountain*.sya
>
> suvarNa.jaTa.nAmnA yas tvat.putra.i: janita.praja.i: maNDala.m kalpita.m
> <http://good.space/pleasure>*.*sundara.*beautiful/fair*.m
>
> *. *
> kalpa.nAmni
>
> deva
>
> divase tava tale kailAsa
>
> jambU.dvIpa.eka.koNake suvarNa.jaTa.nAmnA ya:_tvat.putrai:_janita.prajai:
> maNDalam kalpitam zrImat
>
> *vlm.p.1. The Sun continued:.. It was, my lord, only the other day of one
> of your previous kalpas, and at the foot of a mountain, beside the
> tableland of Mount Kailash that stands in a corner of the continent of
> Asia,
>
> *vlm.p.2 that there lived a man named Suvarnajata together with all his
> sons and their progeny, who had made that place a beautiful and pleasant
> home.
>
>
>
> तत्र_अभूद् अति.धर्म.आत्मा ब्राह्मणो ब्रह्मवित्.तमः ।
>
> tatra_abhUt_ati.dharma.AtmA brAhmaNa:_brahmavit.tama: |
>
>
> indu.nAma.atizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula.udbhava: ||3|86*|*3||
>
> .
>
> *there too*
>
> *dwelt a very righteous soul, a Brahmin of perfect brahmic knowledge*
>
> *:*
>
> *he was calledI Indu the Moon*
>
> *on.account.of his peaceful soul*
>
> *and he was in the line of the great Kashyapa*Blacktooth*
>
> *.*
>
> tatra*.**there/then* abhuut ati.dharma.Atma.*self*.a braahmaNa:
>
> .
>
> tatra abhUt ati.dharma.AtmA brAhmaNa: brahmavit.tama: |
>
> indu.nAma.atizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula.udbhava:
>
> .
>
> *vlm.p.3 Among them lived a brAhmaNa named Indu, a descendant of the
> patriarch Kasyapa, who was a saintly soul, virtuous and acquainted with
> divine knowledge.
>
> Ø#tt.char. #kazyapa कश्यप Blacktooth was one of the Seven RShi.s
>
> along with #atri <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Atri>, #jamadagni
> <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jamadagni>, #bharadhvaja
> <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bharadwaja>, #gautama
> <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gautama_Maharishi>,
> and, of course #vasiSTha and #vizvAmitra.
>
>
>
> तस्मिन् तदा निवसतो नित्यम् स्वजन.मण्डले ।
>
> tasmin tadA nivasata:_nityam svajana.maNDale |
>
>
> tasya prANa.samA bhAryA kA.cit tasyAm mahAtmana: ||3|86*|*4||
> न बभूव_आत्मजस् तस्य मरु.भूमौ तृणम् यथा ।
>
> na babhUva_Atmaja:_tasya maru.bhUmau tRNam yathA |
>
>
> na vi.arAjata sA bhAryA tasya niSphala.puSpitA ||3|86*|*5||
> .
>
> tasmin tadA nivasata:_ . nityam svajana.maNDale = tasya prANa.samA bhAryA
> . kA.cit tasyAm mahAtmana: = na babhUva_Atmaja:_tasya . maru.bhUmau tRNam
> yathA = na vi.arAjata sA bhAryA . tasya niSphala.puSpitA
>
>
> *there*
>
> *(on that plain beside Mount.kailAsa in a corner of jambu.Land) *
>
> *then*
>
> *he made his permanent dwelling in his homeland *
>
> *: *
>
> *with a wife who was his second life*
>
> *.*
>
> *however,*
>
> *for that Great Soul,*
>
> *there was no self.born son,*
>
> *as no grass grows in desert sand*
>
> *his wife did not rejoice, barren of blossoms*
>
> *. *
> *vlm.p.4 He resided in his house with all his relatives and passed his
> time agreeably in company with his wife, who was as dear to his heart as if
> his second self.
>
> *vlm.p.5 But this virtuous couple had no children, as no grass grows in
> sterile soil, and the wife remained discontent at the unfruitfulness of her
> blossoming or seed.
>
>
>
> ऋज्वी गौरी सु.शुद्धा_अपि शून्या शरलता यथा ।
>
> RjvI gaurI su.zuddhA_api zUnyA zaralatA yathA |
>
>
> tau tata:_dampatI khinnau putra.artham tapase gire: ||3|86*|*6||
> .
>
> RjvI gaurI su.zuddhA.api . zUnyA zaralatA yathA = tau tata:_daMpatI
> khinnau . putra.artham tapase gire:
>
>
> *however upright,*
>
> *beautiful,*
>
> *perfectly pure,*
>
> *she was like desert grass*
>
> *.*
>
> *so*
>
> *that distressed couple sought to get a child*
>
> *thru practising tapas*
>
> *on the mountain*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.6 With all the purity and simplicity of their hearts, and the
> beauty and gracefulness of their persons and manners, they were as useless
> to the earth as the fair and straight stem of the pure rice plant without
> its stalk of grains. The unhappy couple left for the mountain in order to
> make their tapas for the blessing of children.
>
>
>
> कैलासस्य_अंशम् आरूढौ रूढाव्_इव नव.द्रुमौ ।
>
> kailAsasya_aMzam ArUDhau rUDhau_iva nava.drumau |
>
>
> bhUtai:_anAvRte zUnye tasmin kailAsa.kuJjake ||3|86*|*7||
>
> .
>
> *they climbed to a place on Mount.kailAsa*
>
> *and stood there*
>
> *like two saplings*
>
> *in a barren place*
>
> *there*
>
> *in the kailAsa woods*
>
> *.*
> kailAsasya_aMzam ArUDhau . rUDhau_iva nava.drumau = bhUtai:_anAvRte zUnye
> . tasmin kailAsa.kuJjake .
>
> *vlm.p.7 They ascended Mount Kailash, which lacked any shade from shade
> trees and was uninhabited by living beings. There they stood fixed on one
> side, like a couple of trees in a barren desert.
>
>
>
> तेपतुस् तौ तपो घोरम् जलाहारौ तरु.स्थिती ।
>
> tepatu:_tau tapa:_ghoram jalAhArau taru.sthitI |
>
>
> ekam pAnIya.culakam pItvA divasa.paryaye ||3|86*|*8||
>
> .
>
> tepatu:_tau tap*a:_*ghoram . jalAhArau taru.sthitI = ekam pAnIya.culakam
> .
>
> pItvA divasa.paryaye
>
> *. *
>
> *those two made tapas*
>
> *—*
>
> *fierce tapas*
>
> *.*
>
> *they*
>
> *stood*
>
> *still*
>
> *like root.sipping trees,*
>
> *scooping a single handful of water*
>
> *drunk*
>
> *at the edge of day*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.8 They remained in their austere tapas, subsisting upon liquid food
> which also supported the trees. At the close of the day, and from the
> hollow of their palms they drank only a sip of water from a neighboring
> cascade.
>
>
>
> निस्पन्दम् उत्थितौ वार्क्षीम् वृत्तिम् आश्रित्य संस्थितौ ।
>
> nispandam utthitau vArkSIm vRttim Azritya saMsthitau |
>
>
> tasthatu:_tau tadA tatra tAvat.kAlam taru.vratau ||3|86*|*9||
> .
>
> nispandam utthitau vArkSIm . vRttim Azritya saMsthitau = tasthatu:_tau
> tadA tatra . tAvat.kAlam taru.vratau
>
>
> *unmoving*
>
> *they stood*
>
> *having taken the form of two trees*
>
> *.*
>
> *there*
>
> *they*
>
> *stood*
>
> *then*
>
> *for*
>
> *enough time to satisfy their vow*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.9 They remained standing and unmoved as immovable trees, and
> continued long in that posture, in the manner of an erect wood in heat and
> cold.
>
>
>
> यावत् त्रेता द्वापरम् च युगे द्वे एव ते गते ।
>
> yAvat tretA dvAparam ca yuge dve eva te gate |
>
> ततस् तुष्टो ऽभवद् देवस्_तयोः शशि.कल.आधरः ॥३।८६।१०॥
>
> tata:_tuSTa:_abhavat_deva:_tayo: zazi.kala.Adhara: ||3|86|10||
>
> .
>
> yAvat tretA dvAparam ca . yuge dve eva te gate =
> tata:_tuSTa:_abhavat_deva: . tayo: zazi.kala.Adhara:
>
>
> *thru two Ages, tretA and dvApara, they passed*
>
> *&*
>
> *a God*
>
> *was satisfied by them*
>
> *—*
>
> *the God who wears the crescent moon*
>
> *...*
> *vlm.p.10 In this manner they passed two ages before their meditation met
> with the approval of the god who bears the crescent of the moon on his
> forehead (Shiva).
>
>
> Yugas or ages of the world (comprising 2400 years +
>
> mundane period of years (of which there are four, viz. 1. #kRta or #satya,
> 2. #tretA, 3. #dvApara, 4. #kali, of which the first three have already
> elapsed, while the Kali.yuga, which began at midnight between the 17th and
> 18th of Feb. 3102 B.C. [O. S.], is that in which we live; the duration of
> each is said to be respectively 1,728,000; 1,296,000;, 864,000, and 432,000
> years of men, the descending numbers representing a similar physical and
> moral deterioration of men in each age; the four Yugas comprise an
> aggregate of 4,320,000 years and constitute a "great Yuga" or #mahAyuga +
>
>
>
> दिन.आतप.आतापितयोः_इन्दुः कुमुदयोः_इव ।
>
> dina.Atapa.AtApitayo:_indu: kumudayo:_iva |
>
> आजगाम तम् उद्देशम् यत्र तौ विप्र.दंपती ॥३।८६।११॥
>
> AjagAma tam uddezam yatra tau vipra.daMpatI ||3|86|11||
>
> .
>
> ...
>
> dina.Atapa.AtApitayo: . indu: kumudayo:_iva = AjagAma tam uddezam . yatra
> tau vipra.daMpatI
>
>
> *approached that place*
>
> *where the brAhmaNa couple stood,*
>
> *daily burned by the fiery heat*
>
> *.*
>
> *he*
>
> *was like the moon*
>
> *cooling two lilies*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.11 The god with the cooling moonbeams on his forehead advanced
> towards the parched pair, like when the moon casts her dewy light on trees
> and lotuses dried and scorched under the burning sunbeams of a summer day.
>
>
>
> स=लता.पादपम् देशम् पुष्प.आकर* इव_ईश्वरः ।
>
> sa=latA.pAdapam dezam puSpa.Akara* iva_Izvara: |
>
> दंपती तौ वृष.आरूढम् सोमम् सोम.अर्ध.शेखरम् ॥३।८६।१२॥
>
> daMpatI tau vRSa.ArUDham somam soma.ardha.zekharam ||3|86|12||
>
> .
>
> sa=latA.pAdapam dezam . puSpa.Akara* iva_Izvara: = daMpatI tau
> vRSa.ArUDham . somam soma.ardha.zekharam
>
>
> *he came as flowery springtime comes*
>
> *to a bower of trees and vines,*
>
> *Lord Ishvara bannered with the moon,*
>
> *and his umA,*
>
> *a couple mounted on a bull*
>
> *. *
> *vlm.p.12 The god appeared to them mounted on his milk.white bull, and
> clasping the fair Uma (Goddess Parvati) on his left, and holding the
> beaming moon on his head, like spring season approaches green shrubs
> strewing flowers upon them.
>
>
>
> फुल्ल.अननौ ददृशतुः कुमुदे शशिनम् यथा ।
>
> phulla.ananau dadRzatu: kumude zazinam yathA |
>
> तौ तम् प्रणेमतुर् देवम् तुषार.अमलम् ईश्वरम् ॥३।८६।१३॥
>
> tau tam praNematu:_devam tuSAra.amalam Izvaram ||3|86|13||
>
> .
>
>
> *two bright faces,*
>
> *in the way that lotuses behold the moon*
>
> *.*
>
> *they bowed before that God, the Lord of the pure snow*
>
> *.*
> phulla.ananau dadRzatu: . kumude zazinam yathA = tau tam praNematu:_devam
> . tuSAra.amalam Izvaram
>
> *vlm.p.13. The couple’s faces and eyes brightened as they saw the god,
> just like lotuses hail the appearance of the beautiful moon. They bowed
> down to the god of the silvery crescent and snow.white face.
>
>
>
> द्याव्_आपृथिव्याव्_उदितम् परिपूर्णम् इव_उडुपम् ।
>
> dyau_A.pRthivyau_uditam paripUrNam iva_uDupam |
>
> तर्जयन्.पवनाधूत.नव.वृक्ष.अनन.स्वरम् ॥३।८६।१४॥
>
> tarjayan.pavanAdhUta.nava.vRkSa.anana.svaram ||3|86|14||
>
> मृदु.उद्याम.स्मित.स्पन्दि प्रोवाच_अथ वचः शिवः ।
>
> mRdu.udyAma.smita.spandi provAca_atha vaca: ziva: |
>
> .
>
>
> *like the full moon among the stars,*
>
> *a voice*
>
> *that filled their faces with fear and wonder*
>
> *.*
>
> *and these are the words that shiva spoke*
>
> *:*
> *vlm.p.14 Then the god rising to their view like the full moon, and
> appearing in the midst of the heaven and earth, spoke smilingly to them in
> a gentle and audible voice. The breath of that voice refreshed them like
> the breath of spring revives the faded plants of a forest.
>
>
>
>
>
> वरम् विप्र गृहाणा_आशु तुष्टो ऽस्मि तव वाञ्छितम् ॥३।८६।१५॥
>
> varam vipra gRhANA_Azu tuSTa:_asmi tava vAJchitam ||3|86|15||
>
> मधु.मास.रस.आक्रान्त.वृक्षवन् मुदितो भव ।
>
> madhu.mAsa.rasa.AkrAnta.vRkSavan mudita:_bhava |
>
> .
>
> varam vipra gRhANA_Azu . tuSTa:_asmi tava vAJchitam =
>
> *. *
>
> *take this boon at.once,*
>
> *learnèd man,*
>
> *I*
>
> *am satisfied,*
>
> *you*
>
> *have your wish*
>
> *.*
>
> *we're like two trees at the coming of the spring*
>
> *.*
>
>
>
> *THE VIPRA.SEER said—*
>
>
> भगवन्, देवदेव.ईश, दश पुत्रा* महाधियः ॥३।८६।१६॥
>
> bhagavan, devadeva.Iza, daza putrA: mahAdhiya: ||3|86|16||
>
> भव्या* भवन्तु मे भूयः शोको येन न बाधते ।
>
> bhavyA* bhavantu me bhUya: zoka:_yena na bAdhate |
>
> .
>
>
> *God of the Gods,*
>
> *by your grace let there be for me*
>
> *ten sons*
>
> *of great intelligence*
>
> *&*
>
> *let grief no longer trouble me*
>
> *.*
> bhagavan, devadeva.Iza, daza putrA: mahAdhiya: = bhavyA* bhavantu me
> bhUya: zoka:_yena na bAdhate
>
> .
>
> *vlm.p.16 The brAhmaNa replied, "O Lord of gods, please favor me with ten
> intelligent male children. Let these be born of me to dispel all my
> sorrows."
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
> अथ_एवम् अ stvx _इति प्रोच्य जगाम_अन्तर्धिम् ईश्वरः ॥३।८६।१७॥
>
> atha_evam astu_iti procya jagAma_antardhim Izvara: ||3|86|17||
>
> व्योम्नि वारि.निधिर् ह्रादम् कृत्वा_इव_ऊर्मि.महा.वपुः ।
>
> vyomni vAri.nidhi:_hrAdam kRtvA_iva_Urmi.mahA.vapu: |
>
> अतस् तौ दम्पती तुष्टौ शिव.लब्ध=वरौ गृहम् ॥३।८६।१८॥
>
> ata:_tau dampatI tuSTau ziva.labdha=varau gRham ||3|86|18||
>
> .
>
> atha_evam astu_iti procya .
>
> jagAma_antardhim Izvara: .
>
> vyomni vAri.nidhi:_hrAdam .
>
> kRtvA_iva_Urmi.mahA.vapu: =
>
> ata:_tau dampatI tuSTau .
>
> ziva.labdha=varau gRham
>
>
> *"So let it be!"*
>
> *&*
>
> *so having said,*
>
> *Lord Ishvara went to*
>
> *antardhi.Innerspace*
>
> *as*
>
> *in the sky*
>
> *river.water joins the ocean's great body of waves*
>
> *.*
>
> *&*
>
> *so*
>
> *too*
>
> *the pair*
>
> *satisfied*
>
> *granted their boon by shiva,*
>
> *went home*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.17 The Sun continued:—The god said, "Be it so,"and then disappeared
> into the air. His great body passed through the ethereal path with a
> tremendous roar of thunder like the surge of the seas.
>
> *vlm.p.18 Then the brAhmaNa couple returned to their home with gladness in
> their hearts. They appeared like the reflections of the two gods Shiva and
> Uma.
>
>
>
> गतौ गीर्वाण.सदृशौ खम् इव_उमा.महेश्वरौ ।
>
> gatau gIrvANa.sadRzau kham iva_umA.mahezvarau |
>
> तत्र_असौ ब्राह्मणी गेहे बभूव_उदार.गर्भिणी ॥३।८६।१९॥
>
> tatra_asau brAhmaNI gehe babhUva_udAra.garbhiNI ||3|86|19||
>
> .
>
> gatau gIrvANa.sadRzau . kham iva_umA.mahezvarau = tatra_asau brAhmaNI gehe
> . babhUva_udAra.garbhiNI
>
>
> *when umA and the great Ishvara*
>
> *had entered the sky,*
>
> *gone to their own heavenly space,*
>
> *there*
>
> *in her home*
>
> *this brAhmaNI*
>
> *felt a fulness in her womb*
>
> *. *
> *vlm.p.19 After returning, the brahmani became big with child from the
> blessing she received from her god Shiva.
>
>
>
> बभौ पूर्ण.उदरा श्यामा मेघ.लेखा_इव वारिणा ।
>
> babhau pUrNa.udarA zyAmA megha.lekhA_iva vAriNA |
>
> काले ऽथ सुषुवे पुत्रान् प्रतिपच्.चन्द्र.कोमलान् ॥३।८६।२०॥
>
> kAle_atha suSuve putrAn pratipat.candra.komalAn ||3|86|20||
>
> .
>
>
> *womb*
>
> *grew*
>
> *full*
>
> *—an empty cloud filling before its burst—*
>
> *&*
>
> *so*
>
> *in time*
>
> *she gave birth to sons who were fresh and lovely as ten new moons*
>
> *. *
>
> *she *babhau*.became.* pUrNa*.full.*udara*.x.*A zyAma*.x.*A . megha
> *.cloud.*lekha*.x.*A iva*.like/as.if . by/with *vAri*.x.*NA = kAle
> *.in.time.* atha*.and.so she .* suSuve*.bore/delivered a .* putra
> *.son/child.*An . pratipat*.x.*candra*.x.*komala*.x.*An
>
> *. *
> *vlm.p.20 In her pregnant state, she looked like a thick cloud heavy with
> rainwater. In proper time she and brought forth a boy as beautiful as the
> digit of the new moon.
>
>
>
> दश.बालान् ततो मुग्धान् वसुधा_इव नव.अङ्कुरान् ।
>
> daza.bAlAn tata:_mugdhAn vasudhA_iva nava.aGkurAn |
>
> कृत.ब्राह्मण.संस्कारा* वृद्धिम् ईयुर् महौजसः ॥३।८६।२१॥
>
> kRta.brAhmaNa.saMskArA: vRddhim Iyu:_mahA.ojasa: ||3|86|21||
>
> .
>
> .* iva*.like/as.if .* nava.*new/young. *aGkura.*shoot/sprout.*An = kRta
> *.x.*brAhmaNa*.x.*saMskAra*.x.*A . vRddhi*.x.*m Iyu:.x. mahA*.x.*ojas*.x.*
> a:
>
> *. *
>
> *she*
>
> *gave birth*
>
> *to ten pretty boys*
>
> *just.as <http://just.as> the earth gives birth*
>
> *to new shoots*
>
> *&*
>
> *they began*
>
> *their long passage from birth to full maturity*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.21 In this way she bore ten sons in succession, each as handsome as
> the tender sprouts of plants. They grew up in strength and stature, and
> were invested with the sacramental thread.
>
>
>
> स्वल्पेन_एव हि कालेन प्रावृषा_इव नव.अम्बुदाः ।
>
> svalpena_eva hi kAlena prAvRSA_iva nava.ambudA: |
>
> ते सप्त.वर्ष.वयसो बभूवुर् ज्ञात.वाङ्.मयाः ॥३।८६।२२॥
>
> te sapta.varSa.vayasa:_babhUvu:_jJAta.vAk.mayA: ||3|86|22||
>
> .
>
> svalpena_eva hi kAlena . prAvRSA_iva nava.ambudA: = te
> sapta.varSa.vayasa:_ . babhUvu:_jJAta.vAk.mayA: .
>
>
> *by the time seven years had passed*
>
> *they knew their language,*
>
> *and they spoke like little thunder.clouds in the time of rain*
>
> *.*
>
> *hearing his words, then, all of those worthy twiceborn sons of indu*
>
> *gave praise*
>
> *:*
>
> *"Excellent, excellent!"*
>
> *they cried*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.22 In course of a short time, they attained their boyhood and
> became conversant in the language of the gods (Sanskrit), like the mute
> clouds become loud in the rainy season.
>
>
>
> विरेजुस् तेजसा तत्र नभसि_इव.अमला* ग्रहाः ।
>
> vireju:_tejasA tatra nabhasi_iva.amalA: grahA: |
> अथ कालेन महता तेषाम् तौ पितरौ तदा ॥३।८६।२३॥
>
> atha kAlena mahatA teSAm tau pitarau tadA ||3|86|23||
>
> संजग्मतुस् तनुम् त्यक्त्वा स्वाम् गतिम् गति.कोविदौ ।
>
> saMjagmatu:_tanum tyaktvA svAm gatim gati.kovidau |
> माता.पितृभ्याम् रहिता* दश ते ब्राह्मणास् ततः ॥३।८६।२४॥
>
> mAtA.pitRbhyAm rahitA: daza te brAhmaNA:_tata: ||3|86|24||
>
> .
>
>
> *shone there*
>
> *a constellation in the sky*
>
> *.*
>
> *but*
>
> *then*
>
> *after a long time had gone.by <http://gone.by>*
>
> *both their parents*
>
> *went far away*
>
> *forsaking their bodies*
>
> *to follow their own path*
>
> *—*
>
> *learning their path*
>
> *deprived of mother & faher*
>
> *those ten brAhmaNas*
>
> *then*
> vireju:_tejasA tatra nabhasi_iva.amalA grahA: = atha kAlena mahatA teSAm
> tau pitarau tadA = saMjagmatu:_tanum tyaktvA svAm gatim gati.kovidau =
> mAtA.pitRbhyAm rahitA* daza te brAhmaNA:_tata:
>
> *vlm.p.23 They shone in their circle with the luster of their bodies, as
> the resplendent orbs of the sky burn and turn about in their spheres.
>
> *vlm.p.24 In time these youths lost both parents who passed off their
> mortal coils to go to their last abode.
>
>
>
> ययुः कैलास.शिखरम् गृहम् संत्यज्य खेदिनः ।
>
> yayu: kailAsa.zikharam gRham saMtyajya khedina: |
>
> तत्र संचिन्तयाम्.आसुर् उद्विघ्नास् ते विबान्धवाः ॥३।८६।२५॥
>
> tatra saMcintayAm.Asu:_udvignA:_te vibAndhavA: ||3|86|25||
>
> .
> zikhara*.peak/summit.*m . gRha*.house/home.*m saMtyajya*.x.* khedi*.x.*na:
> = tatra*.there/then ..there/then .* saMcint*.x.*ayAm.Asu: . udvigna*.x.*
> A:_te*.they/thee.* vibAndhu*.x.*avA:
>
> *. *
>
> *the ten brAhmaNa.s*
>
> *thereupon*
>
> *went to the very peak of kailAsa*
>
> *:*
>
> *sorrowing*
>
> *they forsook their home and gave themselves to grief,*
>
> *ten mourning orphans*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.25 Losing both parents, the ten brAhmaNa lads left their home in
> grief and went to the top of Mount Kailash to pass their helpless lives in
> mourning.
>
>
>
> किम् स्याद् इह परम् श्रेय* ऊचुश् च_इदम् परस्परम् ।
>
> kIm syAt_iha param zreya* Ucu:_ca_idam parasparam |
>
> किम् इह स्यात् समुचितम् भ्रातरः किम् अदुःखदम् ॥३।८६।२६॥
>
> kim iha syAt samucitam bhrAtara: kim a.du:khadam ||3|86|26||
>
> .
>
> iha syAt samucita*.x.*m . bhrAtar*.x.*a: kim*.?? . *a.*.not/without*.du:
> *.bad.*kha*.Ur.space/sky.*da*.giving.*m
>
> *. *
>
> *"Here in this world,*
>
> *what would be*
>
> *for us*
>
> *our highest good?"*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.26 Here they discussed what would be best for them, and what would
> be the right course to take to avoid the troubles and miseries of life.
>
>
>
>
>
>
> *what*
>
> *is the proper thing to do*
>
> *?*
>
> *what*
>
> *does not bring us unto grief*
>
> *?*
>
>
> किम् महत्त्वम् किम् ऐश्वर्यम् किम् महा.विभवम् शुभम् ।
>
> kim mahattvam kim aizvaryam kim mahA.vibhavam zubham |
> किम् तद्_एतज्_जन.ऐश्वर्यम् साम न्तो_हि महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।२७॥
>
> kim tat_etat_jana.aizvaryam sAmanta:_hi mahezvara: ||3|86|27||
>
> सामन्त.सम्पत् किम् नाम राजानो हि महेश्वराः ।
>
>
> kA nAma sampat_bhUpAnAm samrAT_iha mahezvara: ||3|86|28||
>
> .
>
> . *mahA*.great.*vibhava*.x.*m zubha*.x.*m = kim tat etat jana*.x.*aizvarya
> *.x.*m sAmanta*.x.*: hi mahezvara*.x.*: = sAmanta*.x.*sampat*.x.* kim
> nAma rAjAna:*.x.* hi mahezvara*.x.*A: . kA:*.x.* nAma sampat*.x.* bhUpa
> *.x.*AnAm samrAT*.x.* iha mahezvara*.x.*:
>
> .
>
> *is it greatness*
>
> *?*
>
> *is it Lordship*
>
> *?*
>
> *is it perfect Majesty*
>
> *?*
>
> *is it lordship over the people, leading them like the Lord*
>
> *?*
>
> *what good is all the wealth of kings*
>
> *and who cares*
>
> *who're*
>
> *the Overlords of all these wealthy Earth.Lords*
>
> *?*
>
> *and what use are their powers*
>
> *?*
> *vlm.p.27 They talked with one another on such topics as what was the best
> good of humanity in this world of mortality, and many other subjects, such
> as:
>
> *vlm.p.28 What is true greatness, best riches and affluence, and the
> highest good of humankind? What is the good of great power, possessions,
> being chief, or even the gain of a kingdom? What forms the true dignity of
> kings and the high majesty of emperors?
>
> evolution of the Supreme Being into secondary forms") Sarvad. • power,
> greatness, dominion R.&c. (ifc. with loc., "one whose power consists in"
> Gi1t.); influence upon (loc.) . (also pl.) wealth, property, fortune
> MBh.&c. • luxury, anything sumptuary or superfluous Hcar. • emancipation
> .m..* loss of fortune or property • **vibhavata:* *.ind..* according to
> rank or fortune or dignity • *vibhava.*mada* *.m..* the pride of power • #*vibhavamat
> .mfn..* possessed of power, wealthy +
>
>
> किम् नाम तन् महेन्द्रत्वम् यन् मुहूर्तम् प्रजापतेः ।
>
> kim nAma tat_mahendratvam yat_muhUrtam prajApate: |
>
> विनश्यति न यत् कल्पे किम् स्यात् तद् इह शोभनम् ॥३।८६।२९॥
>
> vinazyati na yat kalpe kim syAt tat_iha zobhanam ||3|86|29||
>
> .
>
> kim nAma tat_mahendratvam . yat_muhUrtam prajApate: = vinazyati na yat
> kalpe . kim syAt tat_iha zobhanam
>
>
> *even the state of great indra is*
>
> *only an hour of the Grandfather's time*
>
> *!*
>
> *not to be destroyed*
>
> *—till Doomsday—*
>
> *you call that Glory*
>
> *?*
> *vlm.p.29 What avails the rule of the great indra, which is lost in one
> moment (of brahma). What endures a whole kalpa and must be the best good as
> the most lasting?
>
>
>
> भाषमाणेष्व्_अथ_एतेषु ज्येष्टो भ्राता महामतिः ।
>
> bhASamANeSu_atha_eteSu jyeSTa:_bhrAtA mahA.mati: |
>
> गम्भीर.वाग् उवाच_इदम् मृग.यूथान् मृगो यथा ॥३।८६।३०॥
>
> gambhIra.vAk_uvAca_idam mRga.yUthAn_mRga:_yathA ||3|86|30||
>
> .
>
> bhASamANeSu_atha_eteSu . jyeSTa:_bhrAtA mahA.mati: =
> gambhIra.vAk_uvAca_idam . mRga.yUthAn_mRga:_yathA
>
>
> *then*
>
> *after all their talking,*
>
> *their thoughtful big brother spoke to them,*
>
> *his sonorous voice deep as a stag's governing a herd of ewes*
>
> *:*
> *vlm.p.30 As they were talking in this manner, they were interrupted by
> the eldest brother, with a voice as grave as that of the leader of a herd
> of deer to the attentive herd.
>
> "ऐश्वर्यानाम् हि सर्वेषाम् आकल्पम् न विनाशि यत् ।
>
> "aizvaryAnAm hi sarveSAm Akalpam na vinAzi yat |
>
> रोचते भ्रातरस् तन् मे ब्रह्मत्वम् इह न_इतरम्" ॥३।८६।३१॥
>
> rocate bhrAtara:_tat_me brahmatvam iha na_itaram" ||3|86|31||
>
> .
>
> "aizvaryAnAm hi sarveSAm Akalpam .
>
> na vinAzi yat =
>
> rocate bhrAtara:_tat_me .
>
> brahmatvam iha na.itaram"
>
>
> *"To be the unconquerable Lord of all,*
>
> *brothers,*
>
> *that is what seems to me better than anything*
>
> *—*
>
> *to be a brahmA in this world."*
> *vlm.p.31 "Of all kinds of riches and dignities, there is one thing that
> endures for a whole kalpa and is never destroyed. This is the state of
> brahma, which I prize above all others."
>
>
>
> एतद्_उक्तम् तद्.अखिला* द्विज.पुत्रास् त* उत्तमाः ।
>
> etat_uktam tat.akhilA: dvija.putrA:_te uttamA: |
>
> vacobhi:_aindavA:_tatra "sAdhu sAdhu"_iti_apUjayan ||3|86|32||
>
> .
>
> etat_uktam tat.akhilA* . dvija.putrA:_ta* uttamA: =
> vacobhi:_aindavA:_tatra . "sAdhu sAdhu"_iti_apUjayan
>
>
> *hearing his words,*
>
> *then all of those worthy twiceborn Aindava sons gave praise:*
>
> *"Excellent, excellent!"*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.32 Hearing this, all the good sons of Indu exclaimed in one voice,
> "Ah! Well said"Then they honored the eldest with kind speeches.
>
>
>
> ऊचुश् च_इदम् कथम्, तात, सर्व.दुःख.उपम.अर्जनम् ।
>
> Ucu:_ca_idam katham, tAta, sarva.du:kha.upama.arjanam |
>
> पद्म.आसनम् जगत्.पूज्यम् विरिञ्चित्वम् अवाप्नुमः ॥३।८६।३३॥
>
> padma.Asanam jagat.pUjyam viriJcitvam ava.Apnuma: ||3|86|33||
>
> .
>
> Ucu:_ca_idam katham, . tAta, . sarva.du:kha.upama.arjanam = padma.Asanam
> jagat.pUjyam . viriJcitvam ava.Apnuma:
>
>
> *"But how, brother,"*
>
> *they asked,*
>
> *"how do*
>
> *we get to this state of virinchi.brahma,*
>
> *seated on a lotus,*
>
> *with every sorrow washed.away, worthy of worship in this world?"*
> *vlm.p.33 They said, "How, O brother, is it possible for us to attain to
> the state of brahma, who is seated on his seat of lotuses, and is adored by
> all in this world?"
>
>
>
> भ्रात्रा तेन पुनः प्रोक्ता* भ्रातरो भूति.तेजसः ।
>
> bhrAtrA tena puna: proktA* bhrAtara:_bhUti.tejasa: |
>
> मद्.उक्तम् सर्वम् एव_इमे भवन्तः पालयन्तु वै ॥३।८६।३४॥
>
> mat.uktam sarvam eva_ime bhavanta: pAlayantu vai ||3|86|34||
>
> .
>
> bhrAtrA tena puna: proktA* . bhrAtaro bhUti.tejasa: = mat.uktam sarvam
> eva_ime . bhavanta: pAlayantu vai
>
>
> *big brother had this to say to that*
>
> *:*
>
> *"Gentlemen,*
>
> *you should do just what I tell you*
>
> *:*
> *vlm.p.34 The eldest then replied to his younger brothers saying, "O you
> my worthy brothers, do as I say and you will be successful.
>
>
>
> पद्मासन.गतो भास्वान् ब्रह्मा_अहम् इति तेजसा ।
>
> padmAsana.gata:_bhAsvAn brahmA_aham iti tejasA |
>
> सृजामि संहरामि_इति ध्यानम् अस्तु चिराय वः ॥३।८६।३५॥
>
> sRjAmi saMharAmi_iti dhyAnam astu cirAya va: ||3|86|35||
>
> .
>
>
>
> *'I am*
>
> *the lotus.seated luminous brahmA'*
>
> *—*
>
> *with this light let your meditation shine*
>
> *:*
>
> *and*
>
> *'I project this world, and end it too,'*
>
> *—*
>
> *meditate in this way for a long time.*
> *vlm.p.35 Sit in lotus posture and think yourselves to be the bright
> brahma, full of his brilliance and possessing the powers of creation and
> annihilation in yourselves."
>
>
>
> अग्रजेन_इति कथिते बाढम् कृत्वा त* उत्तमाः ।
>
> agrajena_iti kathite bADham kRtvA te uttamA: |
>
> ध्यान.अधीन.धियस् तस्तुः सह_एव ज्यायसा रसात् ॥३।८६।३६॥
>
> dhyAna.adhIna.dhiya:_tastu: saha_eva jyAyasA rasAt ||3|86|36||
>
> .
>
> agrajena_iti kathite . bADham kRtvA ta* uttamA: =
> dhyAna.adhIna.dhiya:_tastu: . saha_eva jyAyasA rasAt
>
>
> *the firstborn having spoken thus,*
>
> *the rest gave their assent;*
>
> *and then they joined their thoughts in dhyAna.Meditation*
>
> *attentive to their Elder*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.36 Being instructed in this manner by the eldest brother, the
> younger brothers responded saying, "Amen."With gladness in their hearts,
> they sat in meditation together with the eldest brother.
>
>
>
> लिपि.कर्म.अर्पित.आकारा* ध्यान.असक्त.धियः_च ते ।
>
> lipi.karma.arpita.AkArA: dhyAna.asakta.dhiya:_ca te |
>
> अन्त.स्थेन_एव मनसा चिन्तयाम्.आसुर् आदृताः ॥३।८६।३७॥
>
> anta.sthena_eva manasA cintayAm.Asu:_AdRtA: ||3|86|37||
>
> .
>
> lipi.karma.arpita.AkArA . dhyAna.asakta.dhiya:_ca te = anta.sthena_eva
> manasA . cintayAm.Asu:_AdRtA:
>
>
> *their forms were like painted pictures,*
>
> *their thoughts detached thru dhyAna.Meditation,*
>
> *with manas.Mind seated within,*
>
> *attentively they thought*
>
> *:*
> *vlm.p.37 They remained in their meditative mood like the still images in
> a painting. Their minds were concentrated in the inmost brahma, whom they
> adored and thought upon, thinking,
>
>
>
> अथ_उत्फुल्ल.कमल.कोश.वक्त्र.उन्नत.आसनः ।
>
> atha_utphulla.kamala.koza.vaktra.unnata.Asana: |
>
> ब्रह्मा_अहम् जगताम् स्रष्टा कर्ता भोक्ता महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।३८॥
>
> brahmA_aham jagatAm sraSTA kartA bhoktA mahezvara: ||3|86|38||
>
> .
>
> atha_ .
>
> utphulla.kamala.koza.vaktra.unnata.Asana: =
>
> brahmA_aham jagatAm sraSTA .
>
> kartA bhoktA mahezvara:
>
>
> *"now*
>
> *here*
>
> *I sit*
>
> *on the pericarp of a full blown lotus,*
>
> *and find myself*
>
> *as brahmA the Immense*
>
> *the great God,*
>
> *the creator and sustainer of the universe.*.vlm.
> *vlm.p.38 "Here I sit on the middle of a full blown lotus, and find myself
> as brahma, the great god, the creator and sustainer of the universe.
>
>
>
> यज्ञ.क्रिया.क्रमवतः साङ्ग.उपाङ्गा* महर्षयः ।
>
> yajJa.kriyA.kramavata: sAGga.upAGgA: maharSaya: |
>
> सरस्वत्या_अथ गायत्र्या युक्ता* वेदा* नरा* इमे ॥३।८६।३९॥
>
> sarasvatyA_atha gAyatryA yuktA: vedA: narA: ime ||3|86|39||
>
> .
>
> =
>
> sarasvatI*.x.*yA_atha*.and.so .* gAyatri*.x.*yA . yukta*.x.*A* veda*.x.*A*
> nara*.x.*A* ime*.these.ones*
>
> *. *
>
> *"The Orders of Worshipful Works,*
>
> *their branches and schools,*
>
> *and Great RShi.s*
>
> *with sarasvatI the Riverine*
>
> *also gAyatrI*
>
> *together*
>
> *joined*
>
> *known*
>
> *and human*
>
> *are all these*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.39. I find in me the whole ritual of sacrificial rites, the Vedas
> with their branches and supplements and the Rishis; I view in me the
> Sarasvati and Gáyatri mantras of the Veda, and all the Gods and men
> situated in me.
>
>
>
> लोकपाल.पराक्रान्तः संचरत्.सिद्ध.मण्डलः ।
>
> lokapAla.parAkrAnta: saMcarat.siddha.maNDala: |
>
> अयम् उद्याम.सौभाग्यः स्वर्गः स्वर.विभूषितः ॥३।८६।४०॥
>
> ayam udyAma.saubhAgya: svarga: svara.vibhUSita: ||3|86|40||
>
> .
>
> lokapAla.parAkrAnta: . saMcarat.siddha.maNDala: = ayam udyAma.saubhAgya: .
>
> svarga: svara.vibhUSita:
>
>
> *"As the fruit of my striving*
>
> *for as long as the tretA and dvApara Ages put.together*
>
> *I wander*
>
> *thru the harmonious heavenly siddha.Sphere.*
> *vlm.p.40 I see in me the spheres of the regents, of the world, and the
> circles of the spiritual masters revolving about me, with the spacious
> heaven bespangled with the stars.
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
> http://taicarmen.files.wordpress.com/2011/05/earth.from.space.1.jpg
>
>
> पर्वत.द्वीप.जलधि.काननैः सम्.अलंकृतम् ।
>
> parvata.dvIpa.jaladhi.kAnanai: sam.alaMkRtam |
>
> इदम् भू.मण्डलम् चैव त्रिलोकी.कर्ण.कुण्दलम् ॥३।८६।४१॥
>
> idam bhU.maNDalam ca_eva trilokI.karNa.kuNdalam ||3|86|41||
>
> .
>
> parvata.dvIpa.jaladhi.kAnanai: . sam.alaMkRtam = idam bhU.maNDalam ca_eva
> .
>
> trilokI.karNa.kuNdalam
>
>
> *"This Earth,*
>
> *embossed with mountains, seas, forests, and continents,*
>
> *hangs like an earring on the universe.*
> *vlm.p.41 I see this globe of land and water decorated with all its oceans
> and continents, its mountains and islands, hanging like an earring in the
> material system."
>
>
>
> एतत् पाताल.कुहरम् दैत्य.दानव.भोजितम् ।
>
> etat pAtAla.kuharam daitya.dAnava.bhojitam |
>
> अमृतस् त्रीगण_आकीर्णम् गृहम् गगन.कोटरम् ॥३।८६।४२॥
>
> amRta:_trIgaNa.AkIrNam gRham gagana.koTaram ||3|86|42||
>
> .
>
> etat pAtAla.kuharam . daitya.dAnava.bhojitam = amRta:_trIgaNa.AkIrNam .
> gRham gagana.koTaram
>
>
> *"This*
>
> *is pAtAla.kuhara,*
>
> *the Cave of Hell,*
>
> *with its demon daityas and dAnavas.*
> *vlm.p.42 Within myself I have the hollow of the infernal world, with its
> demons, and serpents. I have the cavity of the sky in myself, containing
> the homes and maidens of the immortals.
>
> +
>
>
> *with a crowd of pretty girls.*
> vlm. ... I have the cavity of the sky in myself, containing the
> habitations and damsels of the immortals.
>
>
>
> अयम् इन्द्रो महाबाहुः प्रज.अलंकृत.द.उत्तमः ।
>
> ayam indra:_mahAbAhu: praja.alaMkRta.da.uttama: |
>
> त्रैलोक्य.नगरीम् एकः पाति पावन.यज्ञ.भुक् ॥३।८६।४३॥
>
> trailokya.nagarIm eka: pAti pAvana.yajJa.bhuk ||3|86|43||
>
> .
>
> ayam indra:_mahAbAhu: . praja.alaMkRta.da.uttama: = trailokya.nagarIm eka:
> . pAti pAvana.yajJa.bhuk
>
>
> *"There*
>
> *is the strong armed indra,*
>
> *the tormentor of the lords of peoples;*
>
> *the sole Lord of the three worlds,*
>
> *and the receiver of the sacrifices of men."*—vlm.
> *vlm.43 There is the strong armed indra, the tormentor of the lords of
> peoples, the sole lord of the three worlds, who receives the sacrifices of
> men.
>
> prajA.alaMkRta.d*a.u*ttama: . *the highest adornment of the people = *trai.lokya.nagarIm
> eka: pAti . *the one who protects the three worlds... = *pAvana.yajJa.bhuk
> . *enjoyer of purifying sacrifice. *
>
>
> दीप्र.जाल.वरत्राभिर् अवष्टभ्य_अथ दिग्गणम् ।
>
> dIpra.jAla.varatrAbhi:_avaSTabhya_atha dik.gaNam |
>
> क्रमेण प्रतपन्त्य_एते भानवो भूरि.भानवः ॥३।८६।४४॥
>
> krameNa pratapanti_ete bhAnava:_bhUri.bhAnava: ||3|86|44||
>
> .
>
> dIpra.jAla.varatrAbhi: . avaSTabhya_atha dik.gaNam = krameNa
> pratapanti_ete . bhAnava:_bhUri.bhAnava:
>
> *vlm.44 I see the bright net of the firmament spread over all sides of
> heaven, and the twelve suns of the twelve months dispensing their ceaseless
> beams amidst it.
>
>
> *the bright net of the sky outspread*
>
> *where the twelve suns of the twelve months emit their ceaseless beams. *
> *vlm.
>
> *jd. dIpra.jAla.varatrAbhi: *. w/ radiant.net.straps = *avaSTabhya *.
> outspread = *atha dig.gaNam krameNa *. and then in every direction = *pratapanti
> *. they sparkle = *ete bhAnava: *. these suns = *bhUri.bhAnava: *. these
> many suns. *
>
>
> लोकपाला* इमे लोकम् रक्षन्ति शुद्ध.वृत्तयः ।
>
> lokapAlA: ime lokam rakSanti zuddha.vRttaya: |
>
> मर्यादाभिर् अतुच्छाभिर् गोपाला* गोगणम् यथा ॥३।८६।४५॥
>
> maryAdAbhi:_a.tucchAbhi:_gopAlA: gogaNam yathA ||3|86|45||
>
> .
>
> lokapAlA* ime lokam . rakSanti zuddha.vRttaya: = maryAdAbhi:_a.tucchAbhi:
> . gopAlA* gogaNam yathA
>
>
> *"and then*
>
> *overspread*
>
> *with a network of radiant strands*
>
> *the Directions*
>
> *in their order*
>
> *shine forth with their suns,*
>
> *sun after sun*
>
> *:*
>
> *these World.Guardians protect the world,*
>
> *pure in their thoughts,*
>
> *proper in their conduct,*
>
> *and serious in thought,*
>
> *like cowherds with a herd of cows.*
> *vlm.45 I see the righteous rulers of the sky and the rulers of men
> protecting their respective regions and peoples with the same care as
> cowherds take to protect their cattle.
>
>
>
> उन्मज्जन्ति निमज्जन्ति प्रस्फुरन्ति पतन्ति च ।
>
> unmajjanti nimajjanti prasphuranti patanti ca |
>
> तरङ्गा* इव तोयानाम् इमाः प्रतिदिनम् प्रजाः ॥३।८६।४६॥
>
> taraGgA: iva toyAnAm imA: pratidinam prajA: ||3|86|46||
>
> .
>
> .* = taraGga*.x.*A* iva*.like/as.if .* toya*.x.*AnAm . imA:*.these.ones.*
> pratidina*.x.*m praja*.x.*A:
>
> *. *
>
> *"as for all of these creatures every day*
>
> *—*
>
> *they float,*
>
> *they sink,*
>
> *they sparkle,*
>
> *they fly,*
>
> *like waves they enter the water. *
> *vlm.46 I find every day among all sorts of beings, some rising and
> falling, and others diving and floating, like the constant waves of the sea.
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
> http://taicarmen.files.wordpress.com/2011/05/earth.from.space.1.jpg
>
>
> सृजाम्य्_इमम् अहम् सर्गम् संहरामि तथा_आदृतः ।
>
> sRjAmi_imam aham sargam saMharAmi tathA_AdRta: |
>
> अयम् आत्मनि तिष्ठामि शाम्यामि भुवन.ईश्वरः ॥३।८६।४७॥
>
> ayam Atmani tiSThAmi zAmyAmi bhuvana.Izvara: ||3|86|47||
>
> .
>
> *.thus/in.that.way.* AdRta*.x.*: = ayam*.this.here.* Atmani*.in.self..x.*
> tiSThAmi . *I remain/exist.as <http://exist.as> . *zAmy*.quiet.*Ami
> bhuvana*.x.*Izvara*.Lord.Iishwara.*:
>
> *. *
>
> *"I project this Creation.*
>
> *I gather it carefully unto myself.*
>
> *I rest within this Self.*
>
> *I am at peace, Lord of the World.*
> *vlm.p.47 "It is I who create, preserve and destroy the worlds. I remain
> in myself and pervade over all existence as the lord of all.
>
>
>
> अयम् संवत्सरो यात* इदम् परिणतम् युगम् ।
>
> ayam saMvatsara:_yAta* idam pariNatam yugam |
>
> सृष्टेर्_अयम् असौ कालः स्वयम् संहरणस्य च ॥३।८६।४८॥
>
> sRSTe:_ayam asau kAla: svayam saMharaNasya ca ||3|86|48||
>
> .
>
> <http://having.come.to>.** . idam*.this .* pariNata*.x.*m yuga*.x.*m =
> sRSTi*.x.*e: ayam*.this.here.* asau*.that.yonder.* kAla*.time.*: . svayam.
> *Urself/itself.* *of/for the* saMharaNa*.x.*sya ca.*and/also .*
>
> .
>
> *"this year has come*
>
> *as the harvest time of this Age.*
>
> *this is the time of this creation*
>
> *itself*
>
> *and of its gathering for destruction*
>
> *.*
> *vlm. I observe in myself the revolution of years and ages, and of all
> seasons and times, and I find the very time, to be both the creator and
> destroyer of things.
>
> *vlm.48 I observe in myself the revolution of years and ages, and of all
> seasons and times, and I find the same time to be both the creator and
> destroyer of things.
>
>
>
> अयम् एव गतः कल्पो ब्राह्मी रात्रिर् इयम् तता ।
>
> ayam eva gata: kalpa:_brAhmI rAtri:_iyam tatA |
>
> अयम् आत्मनि तिष्ठामि पूर्ण.आत्मा परमेश्वरः ॥३।८६।४९॥
>
> ayam Atmani tiSThAmi pUrNa.AtmA paramezvara: ||3|86|49||
>
> .
>
> ayam eva gata: kalpa: . brAhmI rAtri:_iyam tatA =
>
> ayam Atmani tiSThAmi .
>
> pUrNa.AtmA paramezvara:
>
>
> *"this kalpa.Epoch ends, brothers, this is the evening of brahmA,*
>
> *as this*
>
> *I rest in myself*
>
> *full of Self,*
>
> *the Supreme Lord."*
> *vlm.49 I see a kalpa passing away before me, and the night of brahma
> (dissolution) stretched out in my presence, while I reside forever in the
> Supreme Soul, as full and perfect as the Divine Spirit itself."
>
>
>
> इति भावितया बुद्ध्या ते द्विजा* अथ_ऐन्दवाः ।
>
> iti bhAvitayA buddhyA te dvijA: atha_aindavA: |
>
> दश.अद्रि.वृत्तयस् तस्तुः समुत्कीर्णा* इव_उपलात् ॥३।८६।५०॥
>
> daza.adri.vRttaya:_tastu: sam.utkIrNA: iva_upalAt ||3|86|50||
>
> .
>
> iti bhAvitayA buddhyA . te dvijA* atha`aindavA: =
> daza.adri.vRttaya:_tastu: . sam.utkIrNA* iva_upalAt
>
>
> *their thoughts filled with such feelings,*
>
> *those twiceborn aindava.s,*
>
> *ten mountains,*
>
> *sat as.if they were carved from stone*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.50 Thus these brAhmaNas, the ten sons of Indu, remained in this
> sort of samAdhi meditation in their motionless postures like fixed rocks,
> and like images hewn out of stones in a hill.
>
>
>
> अधिगत.कमल.आसन.क्र मास्ते
>
> adhigata.kamala.Asana.kramA:_te
>
> परिगलित.इतर.तुच्छ.वृत्ति.जालाः ।
>
> parigalita.itara.tuccha.vRtti.jAlA: |
>
> सततम् अतितराम् कुश.आसन.स्थाश्
>
> satatam atitarAm kuza.Asana.sthA:_
>
> चिरम् इति पङ्कज.कल्पने विरेजुः ॥३।८६।५१॥
>
> ciram iti paGkaja.kalpane vireju: ||3|86|51||
>
> .
>
> parigalita*.x.*itara*.x.*tuccha*.x.*vRtti*.x.*jAla*.x.*A: = satatam*.x.*
> atitara*.x.*Am kuza*.x.*Asana*.x.*stha*.x.*A: - ciram iti paGkaja*.x.*
> kalpana*.x.*e vireju*.x.*:
>
> *. *
>
> *they sat together in Lotus Posture*
>
> *released from the net of their trivial thoughts*
>
> *totally*
>
> *absolutely*
>
> *.*
>
> *on their seats of kusha grass*
>
> *for a long time*
>
> *thus*
>
> *on an imagined lotus*
>
> *they shone.forth in their domain*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.51 In this manner these brAhmaNas, being fully acquainted with the
> nature of brahma, and possessed of the spirit of that deity in themselves,
> continued in their meditation for a long period. They sat in their lotus
> posture on seats of kusa grass, freed from the snare of the fickle and
> frivolous desires of this false and frail world.
>
>
>
> .
>
> <https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/yoga-vasishtha>
>
> Complete YVFiles
> https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/AADi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh.Ia?dl=0
> <https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/AADi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh-Ia?dl=0>
> next Canto:
>
> fm3087
>
>
>
>
> santoSaH paramo lAbhaH satsaGgaH paramA gatiH |
> vicAraH paramaM jJAnaM zamo hi paramaM sukham ||
>
> सन्तोषः परमो लाभः सत्सङ्गः परमा गतिः।
> विचारः परमं ज्ञानं शमो हि परमं सुखम्॥
> Contentment is the highest gain, Good Company the highest course,
> Enquiry the highest wisdom, and Peace the highest enjoyment.
> -- Yoga Vasishtha
>
>
> The complete YVFiles of this masterpiece can be found at
>
>
> On Mon, Sep 2, 2019 at 9:15 PM jivadas <das....@gmail.com> wrote:
>
>>
>>
>> fm3086 1.sp1 The Aindawa Brothers cont. .z39
>>
>>
>> https://www.dropbox.com/s/ojyqb90gdtueyhy/fm3086%201.sp2...3The%20Aindawa%20Brother%20cont.%20.z51.docx?dl=0
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *The Aindava Brothers*
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *THE SUN *
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *said to Brahmaa the Immense*
>>
>> *: *
>>
>>
>> 3.86.1-2
>>
>> कल्प-नाम्नि, महा.देव, ह्यस्तने दिवसे तव ।
>>
>> kalpa-nAmni, mahA.deva, hyastane divase tava |
>>
>> तले कैलास-शैलस्य जम्बू.द्वीप.एक-कोणके ॥३।८६।०१।
>>
>> tale kailAsa-zailasya jambU.dvIpa.eka-koNake ||3|86|01|
>>
>> सुवर्ण.जट-नाम्ना यस् त्वत्.पुत्रैर् जनित-प्रजैः ।
>>
>> suvarNa.jaTa-nAmnA ya:_tvat.putrai:_janita-prajai: |
>>
>> मण्डलम् कल्पितम् श्रीमद्.अनल्प-सुख-सुन्दरम् ॥३।८६।०२॥
>>
>> maNDalam kalpitam zrImat.analpa-sukha-sundaram ||3|86|02||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *—one of your yesterdays, Great Divinity—*
>>
>> *on a plain beside Mount.kailAsa in a corner of jambu.Land*
>>
>> *there was*
>>
>> *a man called suvarNa.jaTa*
>>
>> *—for his hair had a golden.topknot—*
>>
>> *who had settled there,*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *with his wife and children*
>>
>> *he made*
>>
>> *a rich city*
>>
>> *that was not.a.little beautiful to see*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> kalpa-nAmni, mahA.deva *- in some kalpa.Age, Great Divinity* - hyastana
>> *.yesterday/hesternal-*e divase tava *- on one of your yesterdays, Great
>> Divinity** = *
>> tale kailAsa-zailasya jambU.dvIpa.eka-koNake -
>>
>> suvarNa.jaTa-nAmnA ya:_tvat.putrai:_janita-prajai: =
>>
>> maNDalam kalpitam zrImat.analpa-sukha-sundaram
>>
>> *vlm.p.1. The Sun continued:-- It was, my lord, only the other day of one
>> of your previous kalpas, and at the foot of a mountain, beside the
>> tableland of Mount Kailash that stands in a corner of the continent of
>> Asia,
>>
>> *vlm.p.2 that there lived a man named Suvarnajata together with all his
>> sons and their progeny, who had made that place a beautiful and pleasant
>> home.
>>
>>
>>
>> 03
>>
>> तत्र_अभूद् अति.धर्म.आत्मा ब्राह्मणो ब्रह्मवित्.तमः ।
>>
>> tatra_abhUt_ati.dharma.AtmA brAhmaNa:_brahmavit.tama: |
>>
>> इन्दु.नाम.अतिशान्त.आत्मा कश्यपस्य कुल_उद्भवः ॥३।८६।०३॥
>>
>> indu.nAma.atizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula_udbhava: ||3|86|03||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *dwelt a very righteous soul, a Brahmin of perfect brahmic knowledge*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *he was calledI Indu the Moon*
>>
>> *on.account.of his peaceful soul*
>>
>> *and he was in the line of the great Kashyapa*Blacktooth*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> tatra_abhUt_ati.dharma.AtmA x
>>
>> brAhmaNa:_brahmavit.tama: |
>>
>> indu.nAm*a.a*tizAnta.AtmA kazyapasya kula_udbhava: ||3|86|03||
>> .
>>
>> *vlm.p.3 Among them lived a brAhmaNa named Indu, a descendant of the
>> patriarch Kasyapa, who was a saintly soul, virtuous and acquainted with
>> divine knowledge.
>>
>> Ø#tt.char. #kazyapa कश्यप Blacktooth was one of the Seven RShi.s
>>
>> along with #atri <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Atri>, #jamadagni
>> <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jamadagni>, #bharadhvaja
>> <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bharadwaja>, #gautama
>> <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gautama_Maharishi>,
>> and, of course #vasiSTha and #vizvAmitra.
>>
>> x
>>
>> 01 02 03
>>
>>
>>
>> 04-05
>>
>> तस्मिन् तदा निवसतो नित्यम् स्वजन-मण्डले ।
>>
>> tasmin tadA nivasata:_nityam svajana-maNDale |
>>
>> तस्य प्राण.समा भार्या काचित् तस्याम् महात्मनः ॥३।८६।०४॥
>>
>> tasya prANa.samA bhAryA kA.cit tasyAm mahAtmana: ||3|86|04||
>>
>> न बभूव_आत्मजस् तस्य मरु-भूमौ तृणम् यथा ।
>>
>> na babhUva_Atmaja:_tasya maru-bhUmau tRNam yathA |
>>
>> न व्याराजत सा भार्या तस्य निष्फल-पुष्पिता ॥३।८६।०५॥
>>
>> na vi.arAjata sA bhAryA tasya niSphala-puSpitA ||3|86|05||
>>
>> .
>>
>> tasmin tadA nivasata:_ - nityam svajana-maNDale = tasya prANa.samA bhAryA
>> - kA.cit tasyAm mahAtmana: = na babhUva_Atmaja:_tasya - maru-bhUmau tRNam
>> yathA = na vi.arAjata sA bhAryA - tasya niSphala-puSpitA
>>
>>
>> *there*
>>
>> *(on that plain beside Mount.kailAsa in a corner of jambu.Land) *
>>
>> *then*
>>
>> *he made his permanent dwelling in his homeland *
>>
>> *: *
>>
>> *with a wife who was his second life*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *however,*
>>
>> *for that Great Soul,*
>>
>> *there was no self.born son,*
>>
>> *as no grass grows in desert sand*
>>
>> *his wife did not rejoice, barren of blossoms*
>>
>> *. *
>> *vlm.p.4 He resided in his house with all his relatives and passed his
>> time agreeably in company with his wife, who was as dear to his heart as if
>> his second self.
>>
>> *vlm.p.5 But this virtuous couple had no children, as no grass grows in
>> sterile soil, and the wife remained discontent at the unfruitfulness of her
>> blossoming or seed.
>>
>>
>>
>> 06
>>
>> ऋज्वी गौरी सु.शुद्धा_अपि शून्या शरलता यथा ।
>>
>> RjvI gaurI su.zuddhA_api zUnyA zaralatA yathA |
>>
>> तौ ततो दंपती खिन्नौ पुत्र.अर्थम् तपसे गिरेः ॥३।८६।०६॥
>>
>> tau tata:_dampatI khinnau putra.artham tapase gire: ||3|86|06||
>>
>> .
>>
>> RjvI gaurI su.zuddhA.api - zUnyA zaralatA yathA = tau tata:_daMpatI
>> khinnau - putra.artham tapase gire:
>>
>>
>> *however upright,*
>>
>> *beautiful,*
>>
>> *perfectly pure,*
>>
>> *she was like desert grass*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *so*
>>
>> *that distressed couple sought to get a child*
>>
>> *thru practising tapas*
>>
>> *on the mountain*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm.p.6 With all the purity and simplicity of their hearts, and the
>> beauty and gracefulness of their persons and manners, they were as useless
>> to the earth as the fair and straight stem of the pure rice plant without
>> its stalk of grains. The unhappy couple left for the mountain in order to
>> make their tapas for the blessing of children.
>>
>> x
>>
>> 04 05 06
>>
>>
>>
>> 07
>>
>> कैलासस्य_अंशम् आरूढौ रूढाव्_इव नव-द्रुमौ ।
>>
>> kailAsasya_aMzam ArUDhau rUDhau_iva nava-drumau |
>>
>> भूतैर् अनावृते शून्ये तस्मिन् कैलास-कुञ्जके ॥३।८६।०७॥
>>
>> bhUtai:_anAvRte zUnye tasmin kailAsa-kuJjake ||3|86|07||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *and stood there*
>>
>> *like two saplings*
>>
>> *in a barren place*
>>
>> *there*
>>
>> *in the kailAsa woods*
>>
>> *.*
>> kailAsasya_aMzam ArUDhau - rUDhau_iva nava-drumau = bhUtai:_anAvRte zUnye
>>
>> *. *
>> *vlm.p.7 They ascended Mount Kailash, which lacked any shade from shade
>> trees and was uninhabited by living beings. There they stood fixed on one
>> side, like a couple of trees in a barren desert.
>>
>>
>>
>> 08
>>
>> तेपतुस् तौ तपो घोरम् जलाहारौ तरु-स्थिती ।
>>
>> tepatu:_tau tapa:_ghoram jalAhArau taru-sthitI |
>>
>> एकम् पानीय-चुलकम् पीत्वा दिवस-पर्यये ॥३।८६।०८॥
>>
>> ekam pAnIya-culakam pItvA divasa-paryaye ||3|86|08||
>>
>> .
>>
>> -
>>
>> pItvA divasa-paryaye
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *those two made tapas*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *fierce tapas*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *they*
>>
>> *stood*
>>
>> *still*
>>
>> *like root-sipping trees,*
>>
>> *scooping a single handful of water*
>>
>> *drunk*
>>
>> *at the edge of day*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm.p.8 They remained in their austere tapas, subsisting upon liquid
>> food which also supported the trees. At the close of the day, and from the
>> hollow of their palms they drank only a sip of water from a neighboring
>> cascade.
>>
>>
>>
>> 09
>>
>> निस्पन्दम् उत्थितौ वार्क्षीम् वृत्तिम् आश्रित्य संस्थितौ ।
>>
>> nispandam utthitau vArkSIm vRttim Azritya saMsthitau |
>>
>> तस्थतुस् तौ तदा तत्र तावत्.कालम् तरु-व्रतौ ॥३।८६।०९॥
>>
>> tasthatu:_tau tadA tatra tAvat.kAlam taru-vratau ||3|86|09||
>>
>> .
>>
>> nispandam utthitau vArkSIm - vRttim Azritya saMsthitau = tasthatu:_tau
>> tadA tatra - tAvat.kAlam taru-vratau
>>
>>
>> *unmoving*
>>
>> *they stood*
>>
>> *having taken the form of two trees*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *there*
>>
>> *they*
>>
>> *stood*
>>
>> *then*
>>
>> *for*
>>
>> *enough time to satisfy their vow*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm.p.9 They remained standing and unmoved as immovable trees, and
>> continued long in that posture, in the manner of an erect wood in heat and
>> cold.
>>
>> x
>>
>> 07 08 09
>>
>>
>>
>> 10
>>
>> यावत् त्रेता द्वापरम् च युगे द्वे एव ते गते ।
>>
>> yAvat tretA dvAparam ca yuge dve eva te gate |
>>
>> ततस् तुष्टो ऽभवद् देवस्_तयोः शशि-कल.आधरः ॥३।८६।१०॥
>>
>> tata:_tuSTa:_abhavat_deva:_tayo: zazi-kala.Adhara: ||3|86|10||
>>
>> .
>>
>> yAvat tretA dvAparam ca - yuge dve eva te gate =
>> tata:_tuSTa:_abhavat_deva: - tayo: zazi-kala.Adhara:
>>
>>
>> *thru two Ages, tretA and dvApara, they passed*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *a God*
>>
>> *was satisfied by them*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *the God who wears the crescent moon*
>>
>> *...*
>> *vlm.p.10 In this manner they passed two ages before their meditation met
>> with the approval of the god who bears the crescent of the moon on his
>> forehead (Shiva).
>>
>>
>> Yugas or ages of the world (comprising 2400 years +
>>
>> mundane period of years (of which there are four, viz. 1. #kRta or #satya,
>> 2. #tretA, 3. #dvApara, 4. #kali, of which the first three have already
>> elapsed, while the Kali.yuga, which began at midnight between the 17th and
>> 18th of Feb. 3102 B.C. [O. S.], is that in which we live; the duration of
>> each is said to be respectively 1,728,000; 1,296,000;, 864,000, and 432,000
>> years of men, the descending numbers representing a similar physical and
>> moral deterioration of men in each age; the four Yugas comprise an
>> aggregate of 4,320,000 years and constitute a "great Yuga" or #mahAyuga +
>>
>> #tuSTa
>>
>> #deva:
>>
>> #zazi-kala
>>
>> #Adhara
>>
>>
>>
>> 11
>>
>> दिन.आतप.आतापितयोः_इन्दुः कुमुदयोः_इव ।
>>
>> dina.Atapa.AtApitayo:_indu: kumudayo:_iva |
>>
>> आजगाम तम् उद्देशम् यत्र तौ विप्र-दंपती ॥३।८६।११॥
>>
>> AjagAma tam uddezam yatra tau vipra-daMpatI ||3|86|11||
>>
>> .
>>
>> ...
>>
>> dina.Atapa.AtApitayo: - indu: kumudayo:_iva = AjagAma tam uddezam - yatra
>> tau vipra-daMpatI
>>
>>
>> *approached that place*
>>
>> *where the brAhmaNa couple stood,*
>>
>> *daily burned by the fiery heat*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *he*
>>
>> *was like the moon*
>>
>> *cooling two lilies*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm.p.11 The god with the cooling moonbeams on his forehead advanced
>> towards the parched pair, like when the moon casts her dewy light on trees
>> and lotuses dried and scorched under the burning sunbeams of a summer day.
>>
>>
>>
>> 12
>>
>> स=लता-पादपम् देशम् पुष्प.आकर* इव_ईश्वरः ।
>>
>> sa=latA-pAdapam dezam puSpa.Akara* iva_Izvara: |
>>
>> दंपती तौ वृष.आरूढम् सोमम् सोम.अर्ध-शेखरम् ॥३।८६।१२॥
>>
>> daMpatI tau vRSa.ArUDham somam soma.ardha-zekharam ||3|86|12||
>>
>> .
>>
>> sa=latA-pAdapam dezam - puSpa.Akara* iva_Izvara: = daMpatI tau
>> vRSa.ArUDham - somam soma.ardha-zekharam
>>
>>
>> *he came as flowery springtime comes*
>>
>> *to a bower of trees and vines,*
>>
>> *Lord Ishvara bannered with the moon,*
>>
>> *and his umA,*
>>
>> *a couple mounted on a bull*
>>
>> *. *
>> *vlm.p.12 The god appeared to them mounted on his milk-white bull, and
>> clasping the fair Uma (Goddess Parvati) on his left, and holding the
>> beaming moon on his head, like spring season approaches green shrubs
>> strewing flowers upon them.
>>
>> x
>>
>> 10 11 12
>>
>>
>>
>> 13
>>
>> फुल्ल.अननौ ददृशतुः कुमुदे शशिनम् यथा ।
>>
>> phulla.ananau dadRzatu: kumude zazinam yathA |
>>
>> तौ तम् प्रणेमतुर् देवम् तुषार.अमलम् ईश्वरम् ॥३।८६।१३॥
>>
>> tau tam praNematu:_devam tuSAra.amalam Izvaram ||3|86|13||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *two bright faces,*
>>
>> *in the way that lotuses behold the moon*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *they bowed before that God, the Lord of the pure snow*
>>
>> *.*
>> phulla.ananau dadRzatu: - kumude zazinam yathA = tau tam praNematu:_devam
>> - tuSAra.amalam Izvaram
>>
>> *vlm.p.13. The couple’s faces and eyes brightened as they saw the god,
>> just like lotuses hail the appearance of the beautiful moon. They bowed
>> down to the god of the silvery crescent and snow-white face.
>>
>>
>>
>> 14-15a
>>
>> द्याव्_आपृथिव्याव्_उदितम् परिपूर्णम् इव_उडुपम् ।
>>
>> dyau_A.pRthivyau_uditam paripUrNam iva_uDupam |
>>
>> तर्जयन्-पवनाधूत-नव-वृक्ष.अनन-स्वरम् ॥३।८६।१४॥
>>
>> tarjayan-pavanAdhUta-nava-vRkSa.anana-svaram ||3|86|14||
>>
>> मृदु-उद्याम-स्मित-स्पन्दि प्रोवाच_अथ वचः शिवः ।
>>
>> mRdu-udyAma-smita-spandi provAca_atha vaca: ziva: |
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *like the full moon among the stars,*
>>
>> *a voice*
>>
>> *that filled their faces with fear and wonder*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *and these are the words that shiva spoke*
>>
>> *:*
>> *vlm.p.14 Then the god rising to their view like the full moon, and
>> appearing in the midst of the heaven and earth, spoke smilingly to them in
>> a gentle and audible voice. The breath of that voice refreshed them like
>> the breath of spring revives the faded plants of a forest.
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> 15b-16a
>>
>> वरम् विप्र गृहाणा_आशु तुष्टो ऽस्मि तव वाञ्छितम् ॥३।८६।१५॥
>>
>> varam vipra gRhANA_Azu tuSTa:_asmi tava vAJchitam ||3|86|15||
>>
>> मधु-मास-रस.आक्रान्त-वृक्षवन् मुदितो भव ।
>>
>> madhu-mAsa-rasa.AkrAnta-vRkSavan mudita:_bhava |
>>
>> .
>>
>> varam vipra gRhANA_Azu - tuSTa:_asmi tava vAJchitam =
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *take this boon at.once,*
>>
>> *learnèd man,*
>>
>> *I*
>>
>> *am satisfied,*
>>
>> *you*
>>
>> *have your wish*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *we're like two trees at the coming of the spring*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm.p.15 Shiva said, "I am pleased with your meditation, O brAhmaNa!
>> Offer your prayer to me and have your desired reward granted to you
>> immediately."
>>
>> x
>>
>> 13 14 15 16a
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> 16b-17a
>>
>> भगवन्, देवदेव-ईश, दश पुत्रा* महाधियः ॥३।८६।१६॥
>>
>> bhagavan, devadeva-Iza, daza putrA: mahAdhiya: ||3|86|16||
>>
>> भव्या* भवन्तु मे भूयः शोको येन न बाधते ।
>>
>> bhavyA* bhavantu me bhUya: zoka:_yena na bAdhate |
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *God of the Gods,*
>>
>> *by your grace let there be for me*
>>
>> *ten sons*
>>
>> *of great intelligence*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *let grief no longer trouble me*
>>
>> *.*
>> bhagavan, devadeva-Iza, daza putrA: mahAdhiya: = bhavyA* bhavantu me
>> bhUya: zoka:_yena na bAdhate
>>
>> .
>>
>> *vlm.p.16 The brAhmaNa replied, "O Lord of gods, please favor me with ten
>> intelligent male children. Let these be born of me to dispel all my
>> sorrows."
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> 17-18
>>
>> अथ_एवम् अ stvx _इति प्रोच्य जगाम_अन्तर्धिम् ईश्वरः ॥३।८६।१७॥
>>
>> atha_evam astu_iti procya jagAma_antardhim Izvara: ||3|86|17||
>>
>> व्योम्नि वारि-निधिर् ह्रादम् कृत्वा_इव_ऊर्मि-महा.वपुः ।
>>
>> vyomni vAri-nidhi:_hrAdam kRtvA_iva_Urmi-mahA.vapu: |
>>
>> अतस् तौ दम्पती तुष्टौ शिव-लब्ध=वरौ गृहम् ॥३।८६।१८॥
>>
>> ata:_tau dampatI tuSTau ziva-labdha=varau gRham ||3|86|18||
>>
>> .
>>
>> atha_evam astu_iti procya -
>>
>> jagAma_antardhim Izvara: -
>>
>> vyomni vAri-nidhi:_hrAdam -
>>
>> kRtvA_iva_Urmi-mahA.vapu: =
>>
>> ata:_tau dampatI tuSTau -
>>
>> ziva-labdha=varau gRham
>>
>>
>> *"So let it be!"*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *so having said,*
>>
>> *Lord Ishvara went to*
>>
>> *antardhi.Innerspace*
>>
>> *as*
>>
>> *in the sky*
>>
>> *river.water joins the ocean's great body of waves*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *so*
>>
>> *too*
>>
>> *the pair*
>>
>> *satisfied*
>>
>> *granted their boon by shiva,*
>>
>> *went home*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm.p.17 The Sun continued:—The god said, "Be it so,"and then
>> disappeared into the air. His great body passed through the ethereal path
>> with a tremendous roar of thunder like the surge of the seas.
>>
>> *vlm.p.18 Then the brAhmaNa couple returned to their home with gladness
>> in their hearts. They appeared like the reflections of the two gods Shiva
>> and Uma.
>>
>> x
>>
>> 16 17 18
>>
>>
>>
>> 19
>>
>> गतौ गीर्वाण-सदृशौ खम् इव_उमा-महेश्वरौ ।
>>
>> gatau gIrvANa-sadRzau kham iva_umA-mahezvarau |
>>
>> तत्र_असौ ब्राह्मणी गेहे बभूव_उदार-गर्भिणी ॥३।८६।१९॥
>>
>> tatra_asau brAhmaNI gehe babhUva_udAra-garbhiNI ||3|86|19||
>>
>> .
>>
>> gatau gIrvANa-sadRzau - kham iva_umA-mahezvarau = tatra_asau brAhmaNI
>> gehe - babhUva_udAra-garbhiNI
>>
>>
>> *when umA and the great Ishvara*
>>
>> *had entered the sky,*
>>
>> *gone to their own heavenly space,*
>>
>> *there*
>>
>> *in her home*
>>
>> *this brAhmaNI*
>>
>> *felt a fulness in her womb*
>>
>> *. *
>> *vlm.p.19 After returning, the brahmani became big with child from the
>> blessing she received from her god Shiva.
>>
>>
>>
>> 20
>>
>> बभौ पूर्ण.उदरा श्यामा मेघ-लेखा_इव वारिणा ।
>>
>> babhau pUrNa.udarA zyAmA megha-lekhA_iva vAriNA |
>>
>> काले ऽथ सुषुवे पुत्रान् प्रतिपच्.चन्द्र-कोमलान् ॥३।८६।२०॥
>>
>> kAle_atha suSuve putrAn pratipat.candra-komalAn ||3|86|20||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *womb*
>>
>> *grew*
>>
>> *full*
>>
>> *—an empty cloud filling before its burst—*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *so*
>>
>> *in time*
>>
>> *she gave birth to sons who were fresh and lovely as ten new moons*
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *she *babhau*.became-* pUrNa*.full-*udara*.xx-*A zyAma*.xx-*A - megha
>> *.cloud-*lekha*.xx-*A iva*.like/as.if - by/with *vAri*.xx-*NA = kAle
>> *.in.time-* atha*.and.so she -* suSuve*.bore/delivered a -* putra
>> *.son/child-*An - pratipat*.xx-*candra*.xx-*komala*.xx‑*An
>>
>> *. *
>> *vlm.p.20 In her pregnant state, she looked like a thick cloud heavy with
>> rainwater. In proper time she and brought forth a boy as beautiful as the
>> digit of the new moon.
>>
>>
>>
>> 21
>>
>> दश-बालान् ततो मुग्धान् वसुधा_इव नव.अङ्कुरान् ।
>>
>> daza-bAlAn tata:_mugdhAn vasudhA_iva nava.aGkurAn |
>>
>> कृत-ब्राह्मण-संस्कारा* वृद्धिम् ईयुर् महौजसः ॥३।८६।२१॥
>>
>> kRta-brAhmaNa-saMskArA: vRddhim Iyu:_mahA.ojasa: ||3|86|21||
>>
>> .
>>
>> vasudhA*.xx -* iva*.like/as.if -* nava.*new/young- *aGkura.
>> *shoot/sprout-*An = kRta*.xx-*brAhmaNa*.xx-*saMskAra*.xx-*A - vRddhi
>> *.xx-*m Iyu:.*xx-* mahA*.xx-*ojas*.xx-*a:
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *she*
>>
>> *gave birth*
>>
>> *to ten pretty boys*
>>
>> *just.as <http://just.as> the earth gives birth*
>>
>> *to new shoots*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *they began*
>>
>> *their long passage from birth to full maturity*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm.p.21 In this way she bore ten sons in succession, each as handsome
>> as the tender sprouts of plants. They grew up in strength and stature, and
>> were invested with the sacramental thread.
>>
>> x
>>
>> 19 20 21
>>
>>
>>
>> 22
>>
>> स्वल्पेन_एव हि कालेन प्रावृषा_इव नव.अम्बुदाः ।
>>
>> svalpena_eva hi kAlena prAvRSA_iva nava.ambudA: |
>>
>> ते सप्त-वर्ष-वयसो बभूवुर् ज्ञात-वाङ्.मयाः ॥३।८६।२२॥
>>
>> te sapta-varSa-vayasa:_babhUvu:_jJAta-vAk.mayA: ||3|86|22||
>>
>> .
>>
>> svalpena_eva hi kAlena - prAvRSA_iva nava.ambudA: = te
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *by the time seven years had passed*
>>
>> *they knew their language,*
>>
>> *and they spoke like little thunder-clouds in the time of rain*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *hearing his words, then, all of those worthy twiceborn sons of indu*
>>
>> *gave praise*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *"Excellent, excellent!"*
>>
>> *they cried*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm.p.22 In course of a short time, they attained their boyhood and
>> became conversant in the language of the gods (Sanskrit), like the mute
>> clouds become loud in the rainy season.
>>
>>
>>
>> विरेजुस् तेजसा तत्र नभसि_इव.अमला* ग्रहाः ।
>>
>> vireju:_tejasA tatra nabhasi_iva.amalA: grahA: |
>> अथ कालेन महता तेषाम् तौ पितरौ तदा ॥३।८६।२३॥
>>
>> atha kAlena mahatA teSAm tau pitarau tadA ||3|86|23||
>>
>> संजग्मतुस् तनुम् त्यक्त्वा स्वाम् गतिम् गति-कोविदौ ।
>>
>> saMjagmatu:_tanum tyaktvA svAm gatim gati-kovidau |
>> माता-पितृभ्याम् रहिता* दश ते ब्राह्मणास् ततः ॥३।८६।२४॥
>>
>> mAtA-pitRbhyAm rahitA: daza te brAhmaNA:_tata: ||3|86|24||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *shone there*
>>
>> *a constellation in the sky*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *but*
>>
>> *then*
>>
>> *after a long time had gone.by <http://gone.by>*
>>
>> *both their parents*
>>
>> *went far away*
>>
>> *forsaking their bodies*
>>
>> *to follow their own path*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *learning their path*
>>
>> *deprived of mother & faher*
>>
>> *those ten brAhmaNas*
>>
>> *then*
>> vireju:_tejasA tatra nabhasi_iva.amalA grahA: = atha kAlena mahatA teSAm
>> tau pitarau tadA = saMjagmatu:_tanum tyaktvA svAm gatim gati-kovidau =
>> mAtA-pitRbhyAm rahitA* daza te brAhmaNA:_tata:
>>
>> *vlm.p.23 They shone in their circle with the luster of their bodies, as
>> the resplendent orbs of the sky burn and turn about in their spheres.
>>
>> *vlm.p.24 In time these youths lost both parents who passed off their
>> mortal coils to go to their last abode.
>>
>> x
>>
>> 22 23 24
>>
>>
>>
>> 25
>>
>> ययुः कैलास-शिखरम् गृहम् संत्यज्य खेदिनः ।
>>
>> yayu: kailAsa-zikharam gRham saMtyajya khedina: |
>>
>> तत्र संचिन्तयाम्.आसुर् उद्विघ्नास् ते विबान्धवाः ॥३।८६।२५॥
>>
>> tatra saMcintayAm.Asu:_udvignA:_te vibAndhavA: ||3|86|25||
>>
>> .
>> zikhara*.peak/summit-*m - gRha*.house/home-*m saMtyajya*.xx-* khedi*.xx-*na:
>> = tatra*.there/then -.there/then -* saMcint*.xx-*ayAm.Asu: - udvigna
>> *.xx-*A:_te*.they/thee-* vibAndhu*.xx-*avA:
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *the ten brAhmaNa.s*
>>
>> *thereupon*
>>
>> *went to the very peak of kailAsa*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *sorrowing*
>>
>> *they forsook their home and gave themselves to grief,*
>>
>> *ten mourning orphans*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm.p.25 Losing both parents, the ten brAhmaNa lads left their home in
>> grief and went to the top of Mount Kailash to pass their helpless lives in
>> mourning.
>>
>>
>>
>> 26
>>
>> किम् स्याद् इह परम् श्रेय* ऊचुश् च_इदम् परस्परम् ।
>>
>> kIm syAt_iha param zreya* Ucu:_ca_idam parasparam |
>>
>> किम् इह स्यात् समुचितम् भ्रातरः किम् अदुःखदम् ॥३।८६।२६॥
>>
>> kim iha syAt samucitam bhrAtara: kim a-du:khadam ||3|86|26||
>>
>> .
>>
>> kim iha syAt samucita*.xx-*m - bhrAtar*.xx-*a: kim*.?? - *a-
>> *.not/without*.du:*.bad-*kha*.Ur.space/sky-*da*.giving-*m
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *"Here in this world,*
>>
>> *what would be*
>>
>> *for us*
>>
>> *our highest good?"*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm.p.26 Here they discussed what would be best for them, and what would
>> be the right course to take to avoid the troubles and miseries of life.
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *what*
>>
>> *is the proper thing to do*
>>
>> *?*
>>
>> *what*
>>
>> *does not bring us unto grief*
>>
>> *?*
>>
>> .
>>
>> *x*
>> x
>>
>> 25 26
>>
>>
>>
>> 27-28
>>
>> किम् महत्त्वम् किम् ऐश्वर्यम् किम् महा.विभवम् शुभम् ।
>>
>> kim mahattvam kim aizvaryam kim mahA.vibhavam zubham |
>> किम् तद्_एतज्_जन.ऐश्वर्यम् साम न्तो_हि महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।२७॥
>>
>> kim tat_etat_jana.aizvaryam sAmanta:_hi mahezvara: ||3|86|27||
>>
>> सामन्त-सम्पत् किम् नाम राजानो हि महेश्वराः ।
>>
>>
>> kA nAma sampat_bhUpAnAm samrAT_iha mahezvara: ||3|86|28||
>>
>> .
>>
>> - *mahA*.great-*vibhava*.xx-*m zubha*.xx-*m = kim tat etat jana*.xx-*
>> aizvarya*.xx-*m sAmanta*.xx-*: hi mahezvara*.xx-*: = sAmanta*.xx-*sampat
>> *.xx-* kim nAma rAjAna:*.xx-* hi mahezvara*.xx-*A: - kA:*.xx-* nAma
>> sampat*.xx-* bhUpa*.xx-*AnAm samrAT*.xx-* iha mahezvara*.xx-*:
>>
>> .
>>
>> *is it greatness*
>>
>> *?*
>>
>> *is it Lordship*
>>
>> *?*
>>
>> *is it perfect Majesty*
>>
>> *?*
>>
>> *is it lordship over the people, leading them like the Lord*
>>
>> *?*
>>
>> *what good is all the wealth of kings*
>>
>> *and who cares*
>>
>> *who're*
>>
>> *the Overlords of all these wealthy Earth.Lords*
>>
>> *?*
>>
>> *and what use are their powers*
>>
>> *?*
>> *vlm.p.27 They talked with one another on such topics as what was the
>> best good of humanity in this world of mortality, and many other subjects,
>> such as:
>>
>> *vlm.p.28 What is true greatness, best riches and affluence, and the
>> highest good of humankind? What is the good of great power, possessions,
>> being chief, or even the gain of a kingdom? What forms the true dignity of
>> kings and the high majesty of emperors?
>>
>> evolution of the Supreme Being into secondary forms") Sarvad. • power,
>> greatness, dominion R.&c. (ifc. with loc., "one whose power consists in"
>> Gi1t.); influence upon (loc.) - (also pl.) wealth, property, fortune
>> MBh.&c. • luxury, anything sumptuary or superfluous Hcar. • emancipation
>> *-m.-* loss of fortune or property • **vibhavata:* *-ind.-* according to
>> rank or fortune or dignity • *vibhava.*mada* *-m.-* the pride of power •
>> #*vibhavamat **-mfn.-* possessed of power, wealthy +
>>
>> *x*
>> x
>>
>> 25 26 27 28
>>
>>
>>
>> 29
>>
>> किम् नाम तन् महेन्द्रत्वम् यन् मुहूर्तम् प्रजापतेः ।
>>
>> kim nAma tat_mahendratvam yat_muhUrtam prajApate: |
>>
>> विनश्यति न यत् कल्पे किम् स्यात् तद् इह शोभनम् ॥३।८६।२९॥
>>
>> vinazyati na yat kalpe kim syAt tat_iha zobhanam ||3|86|29||
>>
>> .
>>
>> kim nAma tat_mahendratvam - yat_muhUrtam prajApate: = vinazyati na yat
>> kalpe - kim syAt tat_iha zobhanam
>>
>>
>> *even the state of great indra is*
>>
>> *only an hour of the Grandfather's time*
>>
>> *!*
>>
>> *not to be destroyed*
>>
>> *—till Doomsday—*
>>
>> *you call that Glory*
>>
>> *?*
>> *vlm.p.29 What avails the rule of the great indra, which is lost in one
>> moment (of brahma). What endures a whole kalpa and must be the best good as
>> the most lasting?
>>
>>
>>
>> 30
>>
>> भाषमाणेष्व्_अथ_एतेषु ज्येष्टो भ्राता महामतिः ।
>>
>> bhASamANeSu_atha_eteSu jyeSTa:_bhrAtA mahA.mati: |
>>
>> गम्भीर-वाग् उवाच_इदम् मृग-यूथान् मृगो यथा ॥३।८६।३०॥
>>
>> gambhIra-vAk_uvAca_idam mRga-yUthAn_mRga:_yathA ||3|86|30||
>>
>> .
>>
>> bhASamANeSu_atha_eteSu - jyeSTa:_bhrAtA mahA.mati: =
>> gambhIra-vAk_uvAca_idam - mRga-yUthAn_mRga:_yathA
>>
>>
>> *then*
>>
>> *after all their talking,*
>>
>> *their thoughtful big brother spoke to them,*
>>
>> *his sonorous voice deep as a stag's governing a herd of ewes*
>>
>> *:*
>> *vlm.p.30 As they were talking in this manner, they were interrupted by
>> the eldest brother, with a voice as grave as that of the leader of a herd
>> of deer to the attentive herd.
>>
>> x
>>
>> 29 30
>>
>>
>>
>> 31
>>
>> "ऐश्वर्यानाम् हि सर्वेषाम् आकल्पम् न विनाशि यत् ।
>>
>> "aizvaryAnAm hi sarveSAm Akalpam na vinAzi yat |
>>
>> रोचते भ्रातरस् तन् मे ब्रह्मत्वम् इह न_इतरम्" ॥३।८६।३१॥
>>
>> rocate bhrAtara:_tat_me brahmatvam iha na_itaram" ||3|86|31||
>>
>> .
>>
>> "aizvaryAnAm hi sarveSAm Akalpam -
>>
>> na vinAzi yat =
>>
>> rocate bhrAtara:_tat_me -
>>
>> brahmatvam iha na.itaram"
>>
>>
>> *"To be the unconquerable Lord of all,*
>>
>> *brothers,*
>>
>> *that is what seems to me better than anything*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *to be a brahmA in this world."*
>> *vlm.p.31 "Of all kinds of riches and dignities, there is one thing that
>> endures for a whole kalpa and is never destroyed. This is the state of
>> brahma, which I prize above all others."
>>
>>
>>
>> 32
>>
>> एतद्_उक्तम् तद्.अखिला* द्विज-पुत्रास् त* उत्तमाः ।
>>
>> etat_uktam tat.akhilA: dvija-putrA:_te uttamA: |
>>
>> vacobhi:_aindavA:_tatra "sAdhu sAdhu"_iti_apUjayan ||3|86|32||
>>
>> .
>>
>> etat_uktam tat.akhilA* - dvija-putrA:_ta* uttamA: =
>> vacobhi:_aindavA:_tatra - "sAdhu sAdhu"_iti_apUjayan
>>
>>
>> *hearing his words,*
>>
>> *then all of those worthy twiceborn Aindava sons gave praise:*
>>
>> *"Excellent, excellent!"*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm.p.32 Hearing this, all the good sons of Indu exclaimed in one voice,
>> "Ah! Well said"Then they honored the eldest with kind speeches.
>>
>>
>>
>> 33
>>
>> ऊचुश् च_इदम् कथम्, तात, सर्व.दुःख.उपम.अर्जनम् ।
>>
>> Ucu:_ca_idam katham, tAta, sarva.du:kha.upama.arjanam |
>>
>> पद्म.आसनम् जगत्-पूज्यम् विरिञ्चित्वम् अवाप्नुमः ॥३।८६।३३॥
>>
>> padma.Asanam jagat-pUjyam viriJcitvam ava.Apnuma: ||3|86|33||
>>
>> .
>>
>> Ucu:_ca_idam katham, - tAta, - sarva.du:kha.upama.arjanam = padma.Asanam
>> jagat-pUjyam - viriJcitvam ava.Apnuma:
>>
>>
>> *"But how, brother,"*
>>
>> *they asked,*
>>
>> *"how do*
>>
>> *we get to this state of virinchi.brahma,*
>>
>> *seated on a lotus,*
>>
>> *with every sorrow washed.away, worthy of worship in this world?"*
>> *vlm.p.33 They said, "How, O brother, is it possible for us to attain to
>> the state of brahma, who is seated on his seat of lotuses, and is adored by
>> all in this world?"
>>
>> x
>>
>> 31 32 33
>>
>>
>>
>> 34
>>
>> भ्रात्रा तेन पुनः प्रोक्ता* भ्रातरो भूति-तेजसः ।
>>
>> bhrAtrA tena puna: proktA* bhrAtara:_bhUti-tejasa: |
>>
>> मद्.उक्तम् सर्वम् एव_इमे भवन्तः पालयन्तु वै ॥३।८६।३४॥
>>
>> mat.uktam sarvam eva_ime bhavanta: pAlayantu vai ||3|86|34||
>>
>> .
>>
>> bhrAtrA tena puna: proktA* - bhrAtaro bhUti-tejasa: = mat.uktam sarvam
>> eva_ime - bhavanta: pAlayantu vai
>>
>>
>> *big brother had this to say to that*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *"Gentlemen,*
>>
>> *you should do just what I tell you*
>>
>> *:*
>> *vlm.p.34 The eldest then replied to his younger brothers saying, "O you
>> my worthy brothers, do as I say and you will be successful.
>>
>>
>>
>> 35
>>
>> पद्मासन-गतो भास्वान् ब्रह्मा_अहम् इति तेजसा ।
>>
>> padmAsana-gata:_bhAsvAn brahmA_aham iti tejasA |
>>
>> सृजामि संहरामि_इति ध्यानम् अस्तु चिराय वः ॥३।८६।३५॥
>>
>> sRjAmi saMharAmi_iti dhyAnam astu cirAya va: ||3|86|35||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>>
>> *'I am*
>>
>> *the lotus-seated luminous brahmA'*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *with this light let your meditation shine*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *and*
>>
>> *'I project this world, and end it too,'*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *meditate in this way for a long time.*
>> *vlm.p.35 Sit in lotus posture and think yourselves to be the bright
>> brahma, full of his brilliance and possessing the powers of creation and
>> annihilation in yourselves."
>>
>>
>>
>> 36
>>
>> अग्रजेन_इति कथिते बाढम् कृत्वा त* उत्तमाः ।
>>
>> agrajena_iti kathite bADham kRtvA te uttamA: |
>>
>> ध्यान.अधीन-धियस् तस्तुः सह_एव ज्यायसा रसात् ॥३।८६।३६॥
>>
>> dhyAna.adhIna-dhiya:_tastu: saha_eva jyAyasA rasAt ||3|86|36||
>>
>> .
>>
>> agrajena_iti kathite - bADham kRtvA ta* uttamA: =
>> dhyAna.adhIna-dhiya:_tastu: - saha_eva jyAyasA rasAt
>>
>>
>> *the firstborn having spoken thus,*
>>
>> *the rest gave their assent;*
>>
>> *and then they joined their thoughts in dhyAna.Meditation*
>>
>> *attentive to their Elder*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm.p.36 Being instructed in this manner by the eldest brother, the
>> younger brothers responded saying, "Amen."With gladness in their hearts,
>> they sat in meditation together with the eldest brother.
>>
>> x
>>
>> 34 35 36
>>
>>
>>
>> 37
>>
>> लिपि-कर्म.अर्पित.आकारा* ध्यान.असक्त.धियः_च ते ।
>>
>> lipi-karma.arpita.AkArA: dhyAna.asakta.dhiya:_ca te |
>>
>> अन्त.स्थेन_एव मनसा चिन्तयाम्.आसुर् आदृताः ॥३।८६।३७॥
>>
>> anta.sthena_eva manasA cintayAm.Asu:_AdRtA: ||3|86|37||
>>
>> .
>>
>> lipi-karma.arpita.AkArA - dhyAna.asakta.dhiya:_ca te = anta.sthena_eva
>> manasA - cintayAm.Asu:_AdRtA:
>>
>>
>> *their forms were like painted pictures,*
>>
>> *their thoughts detached thru dhyAna.Meditation,*
>>
>> *with manas.Mind seated within,*
>>
>> *attentively they thought*
>>
>> *:*
>> *vlm.p.37 They remained in their meditative mood like the still images in
>> a painting. Their minds were concentrated in the inmost brahma, whom they
>> adored and thought upon, thinking,
>>
>>
>>
>> 38
>>
>> अथ_उत्फुल्ल-कमल-कोश-वक्त्र.उन्नत.आसनः ।
>>
>> atha_utphulla-kamala-koza-vaktra.unnata.Asana: |
>>
>> ब्रह्मा_अहम् जगताम् स्रष्टा कर्ता भोक्ता महेश्वरः ॥३।८६।३८॥
>>
>> brahmA_aham jagatAm sraSTA kartA bhoktA mahezvara: ||3|86|38||
>>
>> .
>>
>> atha_ -
>>
>> utphulla-kamala-koza-vaktra.unnata.Asana: =
>>
>> brahmA_aham jagatAm sraSTA -
>>
>> kartA bhoktA mahezvara:
>>
>>
>> *"now*
>>
>> *here*
>>
>> *I sit*
>>
>> *on the pericarp of a full blown lotus,*
>>
>> *and find myself*
>>
>> *as brahmA the Immense*
>>
>> *the great God,*
>>
>> *the creator and sustainer of the universe.*-vlm.
>> *vlm.p.38 "Here I sit on the middle of a full blown lotus, and find
>> myself as brahma, the great god, the creator and sustainer of the universe.
>>
>>
>>
>> 39
>>
>> यज्ञ-क्रिया-क्रमवतः साङ्ग.उपाङ्गा* महर्षयः ।
>>
>> yajJa-kriyA-kramavata: sAGga.upAGgA: maharSaya: |
>>
>> सरस्वत्या_अथ गायत्र्या युक्ता* वेदा* नरा* इमे ॥३।८६।३९॥
>>
>> sarasvatyA_atha gAyatryA yuktA: vedA: narA: ime ||3|86|39||
>>
>> .
>>
>> maharSi*.xx-*aya: =
>>
>> sarasvatI*.xx-*yA_atha*.and.so -* gAyatri*.xx-*yA - yukta*.xx-*A* veda
>> *.xx-*A* nara*.xx-*A* ime*.these.ones*
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *"The Orders of Worshipful Works,*
>>
>> *their branches and schools,*
>>
>> *and Great RShi.s*
>>
>> *with sarasvatI the Riverine*
>>
>> *also gAyatrI*
>>
>> *together*
>>
>> *joined*
>>
>> *known*
>>
>> *and human*
>>
>> *are all these*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm.39. I find in me the whole ritual of sacrificial rites, the Vedas
>> with their branches and supplements and the Rishis; I view in me the
>> Sarasvati and Gáyatri mantras of the Veda, and all the Gods and men
>> situated in me.
>>
>> x
>>
>> 37 38 39
>>
>>
>>
>> 40
>>
>> लोकपाल-पराक्रान्तः संचरत्-सिद्ध-मण्डलः ।
>>
>> lokapAla-parAkrAnta: saMcarat-siddha-maNDala: |
>>
>> अयम् उद्याम-सौभाग्यः स्वर्गः स्वर-विभूषितः ॥३।८६।४०॥
>>
>> ayam udyAma-saubhAgya: svarga: svara-vibhUSita: ||3|86|40||
>>
>> .
>>
>> lokapAla-parAkrAnta: - saMcarat-siddha-maNDala: = ayam udyAma-saubhAgya:
>> -
>>
>> svarga: svara-vibhUSita:
>>
>>
>> *"As the fruit of my striving*
>>
>> *for as long as the tretA and dvApara Ages put.together*
>>
>> *I wander*
>>
>> *thru the harmonious heavenly siddha.Sphere.*
>> *vlm.p.40 I see in me the spheres of the regents, of the world, and the
>> circles of the spiritual masters revolving about me, with the spacious
>> heaven bespangled with the stars.
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> http://taicarmen.files.wordpress.com/2011/05/earth-from-space-1.jpg
>>
>>
>>
>> 41
>>
>> पर्वत-द्वीप-जलधि-काननैः सम्.अलंकृतम् ।
>>
>> parvata-dvIpa-jaladhi-kAnanai: sam.alaMkRtam |
>>
>> इदम् भू.मण्डलम् चैव त्रिलोकी-कर्ण-कुण्दलम् ॥३।८६।४१॥
>>
>> idam bhU.maNDalam ca_eva trilokI-karNa-kuNdalam ||3|86|41||
>>
>> .
>>
>> parvata-dvIpa-jaladhi-kAnanai: - sam.alaMkRtam = idam bhU.maNDalam ca_eva
>> -
>>
>> trilokI-karNa-kuNdalam
>>
>>
>> *"This Earth,*
>>
>> *embossed with mountains, seas, forests, and continents,*
>>
>> *hangs like an earring on the universe.*
>> *vlm.p.41 I see this globe of land and water decorated with all its
>> oceans and continents, its mountains and islands, hanging like an earring
>> in the material system."
>>
>>
>>
>> 42
>>
>> एतत् पाताल-कुहरम् दैत्य-दानव-भोजितम् ।
>>
>> etat pAtAla-kuharam daitya-dAnava-bhojitam |
>>
>> अमृतस् त्रीगण_आकीर्णम् गृहम् गगन-कोटरम् ॥३।८६।४२॥
>>
>> amRta:_trIgaNa.AkIrNam gRham gagana-koTaram ||3|86|42||
>>
>> .
>>
>> etat pAtAla-kuharam - daitya-dAnava-bhojitam = amRta:_trIgaNa.AkIrNam -
>> gRham gagana-koTaram
>>
>>
>> *"This*
>>
>> *is pAtAla-kuhara,*
>>
>> *the Cave of Hell,*
>>
>> *with its demon daityas and dAnavas.*
>> *vlm.p.42 Within myself I have the hollow of the infernal world, with its
>> demons, and serpents. I have the cavity of the sky in myself, containing
>> the homes and maidens of the immortals.
>>
>> +
>>
>>
>> *with a crowd of pretty girls.*
>> vlm. ... I have the cavity of the sky in myself, containing the
>> habitations and damsels of the immortals.
>>
>> x
>>
>> 40 41 42
>>
>>
>>
>> 43
>>
>> अयम् इन्द्रो महाबाहुः प्रज.अलंकृत.द-उत्तमः ।
>>
>> ayam indra:_mahAbAhu: praja.alaMkRta.da-uttama: |
>>
>> त्रैलोक्य-नगरीम् एकः पाति पावन-यज्ञ-भुक् ॥३।८६।४३॥
>>
>> trailokya-nagarIm eka: pAti pAvana-yajJa-bhuk ||3|86|43||
>>
>> .
>>
>> ayam indra:_mahAbAhu: - praja.alaMkRta.da.uttama: = trailokya-nagarIm
>> eka: - pAti pAvana-yajJa-bhuk
>>
>>
>> *"There*
>>
>> *is the strong armed indra,*
>>
>> *the tormentor of the lords of peoples;*
>>
>> *the sole Lord of the three worlds,*
>>
>> *and the receiver of the sacrifices of men."*—vlm.
>> *vlm.43 There is the strong armed indra, the tormentor of the lords of
>> peoples, the sole lord of the three worlds, who receives the sacrifices of
>> men.
>>
>> prajA-alaMkRta.d*a.u*ttama: - *the highest adornment of the people = *trai-lokya-nagarIm
>> eka: pAti - *the one who protects the three worlds... = *pAvana-yajJa-bhuk
>> - *enjoyer of purifying sacrifice. *
>>
>>
>> 44
>>
>> दीप्र-जाल-वरत्राभिर् अवष्टभ्य_अथ दिग्गणम् ।
>>
>> dIpra-jAla-varatrAbhi:_avaSTabhya_atha dik.gaNam |
>>
>> क्रमेण प्रतपन्त्य_एते भानवो भूरि-भानवः ॥३।८६।४४॥
>>
>> krameNa pratapanti_ete bhAnava:_bhUri-bhAnava: ||3|86|44||
>>
>> .
>>
>> dIpra-jAla-varatrAbhi: - avaSTabhya_atha dik.gaNam = krameNa
>> pratapanti_ete - bhAnava:_bhUri-bhAnava:
>>
>> *vlm.44 I see the bright net of the firmament spread over all sides of
>> heaven, and the twelve suns of the twelve months dispensing their ceaseless
>> beams amidst it.
>>
>>
>> *the bright net of the sky outspread*
>>
>> *where the twelve suns of the twelve months emit their ceaseless beams. *
>> *vlm.
>>
>> *jd. dIpra-jAla-varatrAbhi: *- w/ radiant-net-straps = *avaSTabhya *-
>> outspread = *atha dig-gaNam krameNa *- and then in every direction = *pratapanti
>> *- they sparkle = *ete bhAnava: *- these suns = *bhUri-bhAnava: *- these
>> many suns. *
>>
>>
>> 45
>>
>> लोकपाला* इमे लोकम् रक्षन्ति शुद्ध-वृत्तयः ।
>>
>> lokapAlA: ime lokam rakSanti zuddha-vRttaya: |
>>
>> मर्यादाभिर् अतुच्छाभिर् गोपाला* गोगणम् यथा ॥३।८६।४५॥
>>
>> maryAdAbhi:_a-tucchAbhi:_gopAlA: gogaNam yathA ||3|86|45||
>>
>> .
>>
>> lokapAlA* ime lokam - rakSanti zuddha-vRttaya: = maryAdAbhi:_a-tucchAbhi:
>> - gopAlA* gogaNam yathA
>>
>>
>> *"and then*
>>
>> *overspread*
>>
>> *with a network of radiant strands*
>>
>> *the Directions*
>>
>> *in their order*
>>
>> *shine forth with their suns,*
>>
>> *sun after sun*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *these World-Guardians protect the world,*
>>
>> *pure in their thoughts,*
>>
>> *proper in their conduct,*
>>
>> *and serious in thought,*
>>
>> *like cowherds with a herd of cows.*
>> *vlm.45 I see the righteous rulers of the sky and the rulers of men
>> protecting their respective regions and peoples with the same care as
>> cowherds take to protect their cattle.
>>
>> x
>>
>> 43 44 45
>>
>>
>>
>> 46
>>
>> उन्मज्जन्ति निमज्जन्ति प्रस्फुरन्ति पतन्ति च ।
>>
>> unmajjanti nimajjanti prasphuranti patanti ca |
>>
>> तरङ्गा* इव तोयानाम् इमाः प्रतिदिनम् प्रजाः ॥३।८६।४६॥
>>
>> taraGgA: iva toyAnAm imA: pratidinam prajA: ||3|86|46||
>>
>> .
>>
>> -* = taraGga*.xx-*A* iva*.like/as.if -* toya*.xx-*AnAm - imA:
>> *.these.ones-* pratidina*.xx-*m praja*.xx-*A:
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *"as for all of these creatures every day*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *they float,*
>>
>> *they sink,*
>>
>> *they sparkle,*
>>
>> *they fly,*
>>
>> *like waves they enter the water. *
>> *vlm.46 I find every day among all sorts of beings, some rising and
>> falling, and others diving and floating, like the constant waves of the sea.
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> http://taicarmen.files.wordpress.com/2011/05/earth-from-space-1.jpg
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> 47
>>
>> सृजाम्य्_इमम् अहम् सर्गम् संहरामि तथा_आदृतः ।
>>
>> sRjAmi_imam aham sargam saMharAmi tathA_AdRta: |
>>
>> अयम् आत्मनि तिष्ठामि शाम्यामि भुवन.ईश्वरः ॥३।८६।४७॥
>>
>> ayam Atmani tiSThAmi zAmyAmi bhuvana.Izvara: ||3|86|47||
>>
>> .
>>
>> tathA*.thus/in.that.way-* AdRta*.xx-*: = ayam*.this.here-* Atmani
>> *.in.self-.xx-* tiSThAmi - *I remain/exist.as <http://exist.as> - *zAmy
>> *.quiet-*Ami bhuvana*.xx-*Izvara*.Lord.Iishwara-*:
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *"I project this Creation.*
>>
>> *I gather it carefully unto myself.*
>>
>> *I rest within this Self.*
>>
>> *I am at peace, Lord of the World.*
>> *vlm.p.47 "It is I who create, preserve and destroy the worlds. I remain
>> in myself and pervade over all existence as the lord of all.
>>
>>
>>
>> 48
>>
>> अयम् संवत्सरो यात* इदम् परिणतम् युगम् ।
>>
>> ayam saMvatsara:_yAta* idam pariNatam yugam |
>>
>> सृष्टेर्_अयम् असौ कालः स्वयम् संहरणस्य च ॥३।८६।४८॥
>>
>> sRSTe:_ayam asau kAla: svayam saMharaNasya ca ||3|86|48||
>>
>> .
>>
>> -* pariNata*.xx-*m yuga*.xx-*m = sRSTi*.xx-*e: ayam*.this.here-* asau
>> *.that.yonder-* kAla*.time-*: - svayam.*Urself/itself-* *of/for the*
>> saMharaNa*.xx-*sya ca.*and/also -*
>>
>> .
>>
>> *"this year has come*
>>
>> *as the harvest time of this Age.*
>>
>> *this is the time of this creation*
>>
>> *itself*
>>
>> *and of its gathering for destruction*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm. I observe in myself the revolution of years and ages, and of all
>> seasons and times, and I find the very time, to be both the creator and
>> destroyer of things.
>>
>> *vlm.48 I observe in myself the revolution of years and ages, and of all
>> seasons and times, and I find the same time to be both the creator and
>> destroyer of things.
>>
>> x
>>
>> 46 47 48
>>
>>
>>
>> 49
>>
>> अयम् एव गतः कल्पो ब्राह्मी रात्रिर् इयम् तता ।
>>
>> ayam eva gata: kalpa:_brAhmI rAtri:_iyam tatA |
>>
>> अयम् आत्मनि तिष्ठामि पूर्ण.आत्मा परमेश्वरः ॥३।८६।४९॥
>>
>> ayam Atmani tiSThAmi pUrNa.AtmA paramezvara: ||3|86|49||
>>
>> .
>>
>> ayam eva gata: kalpa: - brAhmI rAtri:_iyam tatA =
>>
>> ayam Atmani tiSThAmi -
>>
>> pUrNa.AtmA paramezvara:
>>
>>
>> *"this kalpa.Epoch ends, brothers, this is the evening of brahmA,*
>>
>> *as this*
>>
>> *I rest in myself*
>>
>> *full of Self,*
>>
>> *the Supreme Lord."*
>> *vlm.49 I see a kalpa passing away before me, and the night of brahma
>> (dissolution) stretched out in my presence, while I reside forever in the
>> Supreme Soul, as full and perfect as the Divine Spirit itself."
>>
>> #tan -> #tata - stretched
>>
>>
>>
>> 50
>>
>> इति भावितया बुद्ध्या ते द्विजा* अथ_ऐन्दवाः ।
>>
>> iti bhAvitayA buddhyA te dvijA: atha_aindavA: |
>>
>> दश.अद्रि-वृत्तयस् तस्तुः समुत्कीर्णा* इव_उपलात् ॥३।८६।५०॥
>>
>> daza.adri-vRttaya:_tastu: sam.utkIrNA: iva_upalAt ||3|86|50||
>>
>> .
>>
>> iti bhAvitayA buddhyA - te dvijA* atha`aindavA: =
>> daza.adri-vRttaya:_tastu: - sam.utkIrNA* iva_upalAt
>>
>>
>> *their thoughts filled with such feelings,*
>>
>> *those twiceborn aindava.s,*
>>
>> *ten mountains,*
>>
>> *sat as.if they were carved from stone*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm.p.50 Thus these brAhmaNas, the ten sons of Indu, remained in this
>> sort of samAdhi meditation in their motionless postures like fixed rocks,
>> and like images hewn out of stones in a hill.
>>
>>
>>
>> 51
>>
>> अधिगत-कमल.आसन-क्र मास्ते
>>
>> adhigata-kamala.Asana-kramA:_te
>>
>> परिगलित.इतर-तुच्छ-वृत्ति-जालाः ।
>>
>> parigalita.itara-tuccha-vRtti-jAlA: |
>>
>> सततम् अतितराम् कुश.आसन-स्थाश्
>>
>> satatam atitarAm kuza.Asana-sthA:_
>>
>> चिरम् इति पङ्कज-कल्पने विरेजुः ॥३।८६।५१॥
>>
>> ciram iti paGkaja-kalpane vireju: ||3|86|51||
>>
>> .
>>
>> *.xx-they/thee-* parigalita*.xx-*itara*.xx-*tuccha*.xx-*vRtti*.xx-*jAla
>> *.xx-*A: = satatam*.xx-* atitara*.xx-*Am kuza*.xx-*Asana*.xx-*stha*.xx-*A:
>> - ciram iti paGkaja*.xx-*kalpana*.xx-*e vireju*.xx-*:
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *they sat together in Lotus Posture*
>>
>> *released from the net of their trivial thoughts*
>>
>> *totally*
>>
>> *absolutely*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *on their seats of kusha grass*
>>
>> *for a long time*
>>
>> *thus*
>>
>> *on an imagined lotus*
>>
>> *they shone.forth in their domain*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm.51 In this manner these brAhmaNas, being fully acquainted with the
>> nature of brahma, and possessed of the spirit of that deity in themselves,
>> continued in their meditation for a long period. They sat in their lotus
>> posture on seats of kusa grass, freed from the snare of the fickle and
>> frivolous desires of this false and frail world.
>>
>>
>> x
>>
>> 49 50 51
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *o**ॐm*
>>
>> kA nAma sampat_bhUpAnAm samrAT_iha mahezvara: ||3|86|28||
>>
>> किम् नाम तन् महेन्द्रत्वम् यन् मुहूर्तम् प्रजापतेः ।
>>
>> kim nAma tat_mahendratvam yat_muhUrtam prajApate: |
>>
>> विनश्यति न यत् कल्पे किम् स्यात् तद् इह शोभनम् ॥३।८६।२९॥
>>
>> vinazyati na yat kalpe kim syAt tat_iha zobhanam ||3|86|29||
>>
>> भाषमाणेष्व्_अथ_एतेषु ज्येष्टो भ्राता महामतिः ।
>>
>> bhASamANeSu_atha_eteSu jyeSTa:_bhrAtA mahA.mati: |
>>
>> गम्भीर-वाग् उवाच_इदम् मृग-यूथान् मृगो यथा ॥३।८६।३०॥
>>
>> gambhIra-vAk_uvAca_idam mRga-yUthAn_mRga:_yathA ||3|86|30||
>>
>> "ऐश्वर्यानाम् हि सर्वेषाम् आकल्पम् न विनाशि यत् ।
>>
>> "aizvaryAnAm hi sarveSAm Akalpam na vinAzi yat |
>>
>> रोचते भ्रातरस् तन् मे ब्रह्मत्वम् इह न_इतरम्" ॥३।८६।३१॥
>>
>> rocate bhrAtara:_tat_me brahmatvam iha na_itaram" ||3|86|31||
>>
>> एतद्_उक्तम् तद्.अखिला* द्विज-पुत्रास् त* उत्तमाः ।
>>
>> etat_uktam tat.akhilA: dvija-putrA:_te uttamA: |
>>
>>
>> *Bhaanu the SUN said—*
>> 3.86.1 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15a
>>
>>
>> 15b-16a
>>
>> *The vipra.Seer said—*
>>
>> 16b 17a
>>
>> *Bhaanu the SUN said—*
>> 17b 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
>> 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
>>
>> ||
>>
>>
>>
>> +++
>>
>>
>>
>> 33*|*35*|*36*|46|47|22|*37*|18|*40*|43|20|21|01|03|51|19|04|07|*41*|28|*
>> 42*|*44*|17|*45*|26|*46|49*|48|32|*48|02*|10|*05*|34|*06*|21|*08
>> *|20|19|39|*51|*43|17|23|*46|09*|*11*|*12*|25|50|26|38|*13*|*14*|*16
>> *|22|47|*18*|22|*24*|*27*|25|34|28|*28*|*10|29*|43|*30*|20|*46|
>> *19|39|18|*48|09*|*11*|*46|*04|32|*12*|25|26|*51|13*|*14*|*16*|*10|
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> --
>> You received this message because you are subscribed to the Google Groups
>> "yoga vasishtha" group.
>> To unsubscribe from this group and stop receiving emails from it, send an
>> email to yoga-vasishth...@googlegroups.com.
>> To view this discussion on the web visit
>> https://groups.google.com/d/msgid/yoga-vasishtha/23125b50-7531-4726-9d09-927002d92f64%40googlegroups.com
>> .
>>
>